(x-complement-fontset-spec): Use
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18177 871))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18231 31060))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (18177 854))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18203 51790))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18213
171 ;;;;;; 1252))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 ;;;***
301 \f
302 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
303 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
304 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18231 31064))
305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
306
307 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
308 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
309 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
310 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
311 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
312 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
313 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
314 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
315 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
316 interpreted as `error'.")
317
318 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
319
320 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
321 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
322 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
323 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
324 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
325 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
326 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
327 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
328
329 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
330
331 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
332 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
333
334 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
335
336 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
337 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
342 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
343 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
344 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
345 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
346 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
347 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
348 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
349 will be overwritten with the new one.
350 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
351 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
352 will clear the cache.
353
354 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
355
356 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
357 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
358 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
359 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
360 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
361 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
362 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
363 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
364 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
365 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
366 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
367 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
368 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
369 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
370 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
371 definition will always be cached for later usage.
372
373 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
374
375 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
376 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
377 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
378
379 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
380 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
381 BODY...)
382
383 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
384 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
385 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
386 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
387 see also `ad-add-advice'.
388 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
389 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
390 before/around/after-advices will be used.
391 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
392 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
393 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
394 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
395 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
397
398 Semantics of the various flags:
399 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
400 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
401 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
402
403 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
404 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
405
406 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
407 advised function should be compiled.
408
409 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
410 during activation until somebody enables it.
411
412 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
413 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
414 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
415 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
416
417 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
418 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
419 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
420 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
421 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
422 during preloading.
423
424 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
425
426 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
427
428 ;;;***
429 \f
430 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
431 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
432 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18177 854))
433 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
434
435 (autoload 'align "align" "\
436 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
437 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
438 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
439 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
440 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
441 rule's `separate' attribute).
442
443 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
444 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
445 `separate' attribute set.
446
447 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
448 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
449 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
450 on the format of these lists.
451
452 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
453
454 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
455 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
456 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
457 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
458 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
459 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
460 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
461 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
462 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
463 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
464 options.
465
466 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
467 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
468
469 Fred (123) 456-7890
470 Alice (123) 456-7890
471 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
472 Joe (123) 456-7890
473
474 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
475 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
476 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
477
478 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
479
480 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
481 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
482 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
483 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
484 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
485 align that section.
486
487 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
488
489 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
490 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
491 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
492 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
493 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
494 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
495 been used to align that section.
496
497 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
498
499 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
500 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
501 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
502 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
503 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
504 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
505 to be colored.
506
507 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
508
509 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
510 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
511
512 \(fn)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
515 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 ;;;***
520 \f
521 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
522 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
524
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
526
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
528
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
530
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
540
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
548
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
550
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556
557 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
558 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
559 \\<allout-mode-map>
560
561 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
562 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
563 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
564
565 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
566 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
567 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
568 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
569 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
570 outline.)
571
572 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
573
574 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
575 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
576 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
577 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
578 - easy topic encryption and decryption
579 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
580 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
581 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
582
583 and many other features.
584
585 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
586 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
587 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
588 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
589 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
590
591 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
592 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
593 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
594 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
596 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
597 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
598 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
599
600 Exposure Control:
601 ----------------
602 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
603 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
604 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
605 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
606 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
607
608 Navigation:
609 ----------
610 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
612 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
613 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
615 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
618 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
619 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
620
621
622 Topic Header Production:
623 -----------------------
624 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
626 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
627
628 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
629 ---------------------------------
630 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
631 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
632 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
633 current topic
634 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
635 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
636 are alternated according to nesting depth.
637 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
638 the offspring are not affected.
639 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
640
641 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
642 ----------------------------------
643 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
645 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
646 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
647 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
648 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
649 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
650 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
651
652 Topic-oriented Encryption:
653 -------------------------
654 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
655 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
656
657 Misc commands:
658 -------------
659 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
660 and establish a default file-var setting
661 for `allout-layout'.
662 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
663 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
664 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
665 buffer with name derived from derived from that
666 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
667 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
669 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
670 format.
671 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
672 auto-activation.
673
674 Topic Encryption
675
676 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
677 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
678 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
679 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
680
681 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
682 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
683 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
684 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
685
686 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
687 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
688 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
689 pitfalls.
690
691 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
692 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
693 for details.
694
695 HOT-SPOT Operation
696
697 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
698 navigation and exposure control.
699
700 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
701 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
702 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
703 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
704 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
705
706 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
707 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
708 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
709 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
710 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
711
712 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
713 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
714 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
715 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
716 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
717 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
718 at the beginning of the current entry.
719
720 Extending Allout
721
722 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
723 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
724 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
725
726 `allout-mode-hook'
727 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
728 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
729 `allout-structure-added-hook'
730 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
731 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
732
733 Terminology
734
735 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
736
737 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
738 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
739 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
740 CURRENT ITEM:
741 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
742 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
743 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
744 called the:
745 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
746
747 ANCESTORS:
748 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
749 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
750 of the ITEM.
751 OFFSPRING:
752 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
753 SUBTOPIC:
754 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
755 CHILD:
756 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
757 SIBLINGS:
758 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
759
760 Topic text constituents:
761
762 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
763 text.
764 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
765 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
766 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
767 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
768 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
769 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
770 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
771 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
772 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
773 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
774 the PREFIX.
775
776 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
777 of the ITEM.
778 PREFIX-LEAD:
779 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
780 It can be customized by changing the setting of
781 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
782
783 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
784 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
785 program code without interfering with processing of the text
786 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
787 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
788 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
789 docstring for more detail.
790 PREFIX-PADDING:
791 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
792 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
793 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
794 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
795 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
796 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
797 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
798 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
799 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
800 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
801 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
802 more details.
803 EXPOSURE:
804 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
805 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
806 CONCEALED:
807 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
808 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
809
810 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
811 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
812 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
813
814 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
815
816 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
817
818 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
819 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
820
821 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
822 setup for auto-startup.
823
824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
825
826 ;;;***
827 \f
828 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
829 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18213 1258))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
831
832 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
833
834 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
835 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
836 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
837 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
838 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
839 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
840
841 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
842
843 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
844 Not documented
845
846 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
847
848 ;;;***
849 \f
850 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
851 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18177 871))
852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
853
854 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
855 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
856 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
857 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
858 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
859 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
860 in the current window.
861
862 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
863
864 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
865 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
866 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
867
868 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
869
870 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
871 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
872 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
873
874 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
875
876 ;;;***
877 \f
878 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
879 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18190 39673))
880 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
881
882 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
883 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
884
885 \(fn)" t nil)
886
887 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
888 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
889
890 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
891 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
892 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
893 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
894
895 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
896 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
897
898 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
899
900 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
901
902 ;;;***
903 \f
904 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
905 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18213 1259))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
907
908 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
909 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
910 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
911 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
912 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
913 \\[yank].
914
915 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
916 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
917 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
918 the rules.
919
920 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
921 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
922 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
923 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
924
925 \(fn)" t nil)
926
927 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
928 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
929 \\{antlr-mode-map}
930
931 \(fn)" t nil)
932
933 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
934 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
935 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
936
937 \(fn)" nil nil)
938
939 ;;;***
940 \f
941 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
942 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
943 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
944 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18177 855))
945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
946
947 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
948 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
949 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
950 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
951
952 (custom-autoload 'appt-issue-message "appt" t)
953
954 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
955 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
956
957 (custom-autoload 'appt-message-warning-time "appt" t)
958
959 (defvar appt-audible t "\
960 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
961
962 (custom-autoload 'appt-audible "appt" t)
963
964 (defvar appt-visible t "\
965 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
966 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
967
968 (custom-autoload 'appt-visible "appt" t)
969
970 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
971 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
972 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
973
974 (custom-autoload 'appt-msg-window "appt" t)
975
976 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
977 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
978 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
979
980 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-mode-line "appt" t)
981
982 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
983 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
984 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
985
986 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-duration "appt" t)
987
988 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
989 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
990 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
991
992 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-diary "appt" t)
993
994 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
995 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
996 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
997
998 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
999
1000 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
1001 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
1006 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1007 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1008 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1009 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1010 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1011 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1012
1013 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1014 function.
1015
1016 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1017 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1018
1019 \(fn)" nil nil)
1020
1021 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1022 Toggle checking of appointments.
1023 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1024 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1025
1026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1027
1028 ;;;***
1029 \f
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1031 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1032 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18231 31060))
1033 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1034
1035 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1036 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1037 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1038 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1039
1040 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1041 kind of objects to search.
1042
1043 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1044
1045 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1046 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1047 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1048 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1049 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1050 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051
1052 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1053 normal variables.
1054
1055 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1056
1057 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1058
1059 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1060 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1061 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1062 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1063 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1064 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1065
1066 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1067 noninteractive functions.
1068
1069 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1070 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1071
1072 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1073 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1074
1075 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1076
1077 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1078 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1079
1080 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1081
1082 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1083 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1084 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1085 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1086
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1091
1092 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1093 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1094
1095 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1096
1097 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1098
1099 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1100 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1101 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1102 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1103 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1104 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1105
1106 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1107 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1108 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1109
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1111
1112 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1113 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1114 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1115 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1116 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1117 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1118
1119 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1120 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1121 bindings.
1122 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1123
1124 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1125
1126 ;;;***
1127 \f
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18190
1129 ;;;;;; 39673))
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1131
1132 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1133 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1134 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1135 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1136 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1137 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1138
1139 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1140 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1141 archive.
1142
1143 \\{archive-mode-map}
1144
1145 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1146
1147 ;;;***
1148 \f
1149 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18177 855))
1150 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1151
1152 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1153 Major mode for editing arrays.
1154
1155 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1156 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1157 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1158
1159 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1160
1161 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1162 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1163 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1164
1165 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1166 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1167 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1168 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1169 The variables are:
1170
1171 Variables you assign:
1172 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1173 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1174 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1175 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1176 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1177 row numbers in the buffer.
1178
1179 Variables which are calculated:
1180 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1181 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1182
1183 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1184 take a numeric prefix argument):
1185
1186 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1187 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1188 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1189 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1190
1191 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1192 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1193 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1194 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1195
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1200
1201 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1202 between that of point and mark.
1203
1204 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1205 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1206
1207 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1208 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1209 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1210 newlines inside rows)
1211
1212 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1213
1214 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1215
1216 \(fn)" t nil)
1217
1218 ;;;***
1219 \f
1220 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18203
1221 ;;;;;; 51792))
1222 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1223
1224 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1225 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1226 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1227 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1228
1229 How to quit artist mode
1230
1231 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1232
1233
1234 How to submit a bug report
1235
1236 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1237
1238
1239 Drawing with the mouse:
1240
1241 mouse-2
1242 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1243 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1244 below).
1245
1246 mouse-1
1247 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1248 or pastes:
1249
1250 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1251 --------------------------------------------------------------
1252 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1253 to new point
1254 --------------------------------------------------------------
1255 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1256 --------------------------------------------------------------
1257 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1270 lines
1271 --------------------------------------------------------------
1272 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Paste Paste Paste
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280
1281 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1282 or diagonally.
1283
1284 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1285 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1286 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1287 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1288 poly-lines.
1289
1290 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1291 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1292 overwrite means the opposite.
1293
1294 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1295 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1296 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1297
1298 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1299
1300 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1301 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1302
1303 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1304 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1305 are currently drawing something.
1306
1307 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1308 some time to fill.
1309
1310
1311 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1312 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1313
1314
1315 Settings
1316
1317 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1318
1319 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1320
1321 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1322
1323 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1324
1325 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1326 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1327
1328 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1329
1330
1331 Drawing with keys
1332
1333 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1334 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1335 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1336 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1337 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1338 When pasting: Pastes
1339
1340 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1341
1342 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1343
1344 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1345 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1346 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1347 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1348 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1349 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1350
1351
1352 Arrows
1353
1354 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1355 of the line/poly-line
1356
1357 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1358 of the line/poly-line
1359
1360
1361 Selecting operation
1362
1363 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1364
1365 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1368 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1369 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1372 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1384 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1385
1386
1387 Variables
1388
1389 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1390 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1391
1392 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1393 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1394 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1395 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1396 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1397 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1398 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1399 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1400 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1401 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1402 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1405 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1406 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1407 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1408 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1409 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1410 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1411
1412 Hooks
1413
1414 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1415 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1416
1417
1418 Keymap summary
1419
1420 \\{artist-mode-map}
1421
1422 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1423
1424 ;;;***
1425 \f
1426 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18177
1427 ;;;;;; 872))
1428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1429
1430 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1431 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1432 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1433
1434 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1438
1439 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1440 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1441
1442 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1443 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1444
1445 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1446
1447 Special commands:
1448 \\{asm-mode-map}
1449
1450 \(fn)" t nil)
1451
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (assistant) "assistant" "gnus/assistant.el" (18230
1455 ;;;;;; 21280))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/assistant.el
1457
1458 (autoload 'assistant "assistant" "\
1459 Assist setting up Emacs based on FILE.
1460
1461 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1462
1463 ;;;***
1464 \f
1465 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1466 ;;;;;; (18177 855))
1467 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1468
1469 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1470 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1471 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1472
1473 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1474
1475 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1476 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1477 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1478 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1479 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1480 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1481 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1482 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1483 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1484 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1485
1486 For example:
1487 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1488 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1489 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1490 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1491 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1492
1493 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1494
1495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1496
1497 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1498 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1499 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1500 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1501 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1502 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1508 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1509 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1510 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1511 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1512
1513 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1514
1515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1516
1517 ;;;***
1518 \f
1519 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1520 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
1521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1522
1523 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1524 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1525
1526 \(fn)" t nil)
1527
1528 ;;;***
1529 \f
1530 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1531 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18190 39673))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1533
1534 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1535 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1536 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1537
1538 \(fn)" t nil)
1539
1540 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1541 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1542 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1543 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1544
1545 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1546
1547 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1548 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1549 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1552 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1553
1554 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1555
1556 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1557 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1558 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1559 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1560
1561 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1562 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1563
1564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1569 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1570 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
1571 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1572
1573 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1574
1575 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1576 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1577 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1578 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1579 save the buffer too.
1580
1581 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1582
1583 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1584
1585 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1587 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1588 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1589 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1590 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1591
1592 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1593 directory or directories specified.
1594
1595 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1596
1597 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1598 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1599 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1600
1601 \(fn)" nil nil)
1602
1603 ;;;***
1604 \f
1605 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1606 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1607 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18190 39673))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1609
1610 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1611 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1612
1613 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1614 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1615 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1616 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1617 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1618
1619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1620
1621 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1622 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1623
1624 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1625 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1626
1627 \(fn)" nil nil)
1628
1629 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1630 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1631 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1632
1633 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1634 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1635 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1636 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1637 reflected in the current buffer.
1638
1639 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1640 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1641 writing before you save the file!
1642
1643 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1644
1645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1648 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1649
1650 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1651 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1652
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654
1655 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1656 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1657 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1660 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1661
1662 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1663
1664 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1665 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1666
1667 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1668 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1669 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1670
1671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1672
1673 ;;;***
1674 \f
1675 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1676 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18177 855))
1677 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1678
1679 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1680 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1681 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1683 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1684
1685 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1688 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1689 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1690 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1691
1692 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1693 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1694 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1695
1696 Effects of the different modes:
1697 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1698 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1699 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1700 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1701 a random distance & direction.
1702 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1703 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1704 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1705
1706 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1707
1708 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1709 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1710 definition of \"random distance\".)
1711
1712 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1713
1714 ;;;***
1715 \f
1716 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1717 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
1718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1719
1720 (autoload 'backquote "backquote" "\
1721 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1722
1723 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1724 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1725
1726 For example:
1727
1728 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1729 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1730 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1731 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1732
1733 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1734
1735 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1736
1737 (defalias '\` (symbol-function 'backquote))
1738
1739 ;;;***
1740 \f
1741 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1742 ;;;;;; (18177 855))
1743 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1744 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1745
1746 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1747 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1748 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1749 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1750
1751 \(fn)" t nil)
1752
1753 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1754 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1755 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1757 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1758 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1759
1760 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1761
1762 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1763 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1764 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1765 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1766 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1767 seconds.
1768
1769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1770
1771 ;;;***
1772 \f
1773 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1774 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18177 857))
1775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1776
1777 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1778 Time execution of FORMS.
1779 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1780 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1781 FORMS once.
1782 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1783 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1784 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1785
1786 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1787
1788 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1789 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1790 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1791 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1792 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1793
1794 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1795
1796 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1797 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1798 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1799 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1800 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1801
1802 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1803
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18177
1807 ;;;;;; 875))
1808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1809
1810 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1811 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1812
1813 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1814
1815 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1816 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1817 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1818 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1819
1820 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1821 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1822 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1823 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1824 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1825
1826 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1827 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1828
1829
1830 Special information:
1831
1832 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1833
1834 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1835 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1836 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1837 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1838 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1839 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1840 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1841 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1842 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1843 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1844 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1845
1846 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1847 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1848 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1849 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1850 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1851 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1852 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1853 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1854
1855 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1856
1857 ----------------------------------------------------------
1858 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1859 if that value is non-nil.
1860
1861 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1862
1863 \(fn)" t nil)
1864
1865 ;;;***
1866 \f
1867 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1868 ;;;;;; (18190 39685))
1869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1870 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1871
1872 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1873 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1874
1875 \(fn)" t nil)
1876
1877 ;;;***
1878 \f
1879 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1880 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1881 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1883
1884 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1885
1886 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1887 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1888 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1889
1890 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1891
1892 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1893 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1894
1895 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1896
1897 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1898 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1899
1900 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1901
1902 ;;;***
1903 \f
1904 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18213
1905 ;;;;;; 1259))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1907
1908 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1909 Play blackbox.
1910 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1911
1912 What is blackbox?
1913
1914 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1915 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1916 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1917 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1918 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1919 your score.
1920
1921 Overview of play:
1922
1923 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1924 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1925 four.
1926
1927 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1928 movement keys.
1929
1930 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1931 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1932
1933 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1934 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1935
1936 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1937 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1938 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1939 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1940 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1941 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1942
1943 Details:
1944
1945 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1946
1947 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1948 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1949 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1950 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1951
1952 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1953 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1954 denoted by the letter `R'.
1955
1956 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1957 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1958 denoted by the letter `H'.
1959
1960 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1961 example.
1962
1963 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1964 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1965 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1966 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1967 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1968 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1969 ray.
1970
1971 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1972 degree deflection it causes.
1973
1974 1
1975 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1976 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1978 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1979 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1981 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1982 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1983 2 3
1984
1985 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1986 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1987
1988
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1992 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1995 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1997
1998 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1999 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2000 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2001 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2002 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2003 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2004 emerging from the box.
2005
2006 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2007
2008 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2010 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2011 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2012 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2013 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2014 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2016
2017 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2018 a reflection.
2019
2020 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2021
2022 ;;;***
2023 \f
2024 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2025 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2026 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
2027 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18190
2028 ;;;;;; 39673))
2029 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2030 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2031 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2032 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2033
2034 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2035 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2036 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2037 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2038 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2039 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2040 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ;"m"ark
2043 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2044 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ;"g"o
2045 (define-key bookmark-map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window)
2046 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2047 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2048 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ;"f"ind
2049 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2050 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2051 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2052 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2053 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2054
2055 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2056 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2057 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2058 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2059 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2060 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2061 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2062 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2063 recent one.
2064
2065 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2066 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2067 yank successive words.
2068
2069 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2070 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2071 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2072 name of the file being visited.
2073
2074 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2075 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2076 the list of bookmarks.)
2077
2078 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2079
2080 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2081 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2082 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2083 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2084 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2085 this.
2086
2087 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2088 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2089 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2090 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2091
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2093
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2095 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2096 See `bookmark-jump'.
2097
2098 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2099
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2101 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2102 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2103 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2104 after a bookmark was set in it.
2105
2106 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2107
2108 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2109 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2110 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2111 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2112
2113 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2114
2115 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2116
2117 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2118 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2119 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2120 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2121
2122 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2123 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2124 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2125
2126 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2127 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2128 name.
2129
2130 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2131
2132 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2133 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2134 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2135 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2136 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2137 this.
2138
2139 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2140
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2142 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2143 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2144 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2145 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2146 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2147 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2148 probably because we were called from there.
2149
2150 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2151
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2153 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2154 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2155
2156 \(fn)" t nil)
2157
2158 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2159 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2160 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2161 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2162 \(second argument).
2163
2164 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2165 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2166 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2167 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2168 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2169
2170 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2171 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2172 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2173 `bookmark-default-file'.
2174
2175 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2176
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2178 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2179 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2180 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2181 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2182 while loading.
2183
2184 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2185 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2186 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2187 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2188 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2189 explicitly.
2190
2191 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2192 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2193 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2194 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2195
2196 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2197
2198 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2199 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2200 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2201 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2202 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2203
2204 \(fn)" t nil)
2205
2206 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2207
2208 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2209
2210 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2211
2212 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2213
2214 ;;;***
2215 \f
2216 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2217 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2218 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2219 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2220 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2221 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2222 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2223 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2224 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2225 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
2226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2227
2228 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2229 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2230 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2231 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2232
2233 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2234 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2235 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2236 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2237 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2238
2239 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2240
2241 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2242 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2243
2244 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2245
2246 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2247 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2248
2249 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2250
2251 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2252 Not documented
2253
2254 \(fn)" nil nil)
2255
2256 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2257 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2258 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2259 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2260 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2261 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2262
2263 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2264
2265 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2267 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2268 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2269 narrowed.
2270
2271 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2272
2273 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2274 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2275
2276 \(fn)" t nil)
2277
2278 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2279 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2280
2281 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2285 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2286 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2287
2288 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2289
2290 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2291 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2292 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2293 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2294
2295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2298 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2299 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2300 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2301 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2302 to use.
2303
2304 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2305
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2307 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2308 Default to the URL around or before point.
2309
2310 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2311 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2312 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2313 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2314
2315 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2316 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2317
2318 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2319 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2320
2321 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2322
2323 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2324 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2325 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2326 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2327
2328 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2329 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2330 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2331 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2332
2333 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2334 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2335 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2336
2337 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2338 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339
2340 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2341
2342 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2343 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2344 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2345 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2346
2347 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2348 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2349 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2350 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2351
2352 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2353 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2354 new tab in an existing window instead.
2355
2356 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2357 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2360
2361 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2364 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2365 Firefox.
2366
2367 When called interactively, if variable
2368 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2369 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2370 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2371 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2372
2373 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2374 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2375 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2376
2377 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2378 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2379
2380 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2381 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2382 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2383 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2384 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2385 URL in a new window.
2386
2387 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2390 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2391 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2392 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2393
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2396 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2397 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398
2399 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2400 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2401 new tab in an existing window instead.
2402
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407
2408 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2410
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2417
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2420 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2421 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422
2423 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2424 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2430
2431 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2432 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2433 program is invoked according to the variable
2434 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2435
2436 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2437 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2438 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2439 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2440
2441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2442 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443
2444 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2445
2446 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2447 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2448 Default to the URL around or before point.
2449
2450 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2451 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2452 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2453
2454 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2455 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2456 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2457 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2458
2459 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2460 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2461
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point.
2467
2468 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2469 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2470 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471
2472 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2473 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476
2477 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2479 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2480 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2481
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2486 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2487 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2488 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2489 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2490
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2495 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2496 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2497 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2498
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2501 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2502 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2510 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2511 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2512 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2513 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2514 current one.
2515
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2518 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2519 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2529 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2530 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2531 don't offer a form of remote control.
2532
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2534
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2538
2539 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2540
2541 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2542 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2543 Default to the URL around the point.
2544
2545 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2546 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2547
2548 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2549 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2550
2551 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2552
2553 ;;;***
2554 \f
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18177
2556 ;;;;;; 871))
2557 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2558
2559 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2560 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2561
2562 \(fn)" t nil)
2563
2564 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2565 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2566
2567 \(fn)" nil nil)
2568
2569 ;;;***
2570 \f
2571 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2572 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18213 1252))
2573 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2574
2575 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2576 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2577 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2578 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2579
2580 \(fn)" t nil)
2581
2582 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2583 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2584 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2585 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2586
2587 \(fn)" t nil)
2588
2589 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2590 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2591
2592 \(fn)" t nil)
2593
2594 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2595 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2596 \\<bs-mode-map>
2597 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2598 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2599 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2600 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2601
2602 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2603 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2604 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2605 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2606 name of buffer configuration.
2607
2608 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2609
2610 ;;;***
2611 \f
2612 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18190 39683))
2613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2614
2615 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2616 Play Bubbles game.
2617
2618 \(fn)" t nil)
2619
2620 ;;;***
2621 \f
2622 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2623 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18190
2624 ;;;;;; 39674))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2626
2627 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'push-button) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'push-button) map) "\
2628 Keymap used by buttons.")
2629
2630 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] 'forward-button) (define-key map "\e " 'backward-button) (define-key map [backtab] 'backward-button) map) "\
2631 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2632 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2633
2634 (autoload 'define-button-type "button" "\
2635 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2638 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2639 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2640
2641 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2642 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2643 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2644 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2645
2646 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2647
2648 (autoload 'make-button "button" "\
2649 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2650 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2651 specifying properties to add to the button.
2652 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2653 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2654 `define-button-type'.
2655
2656 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2657
2658 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2659
2660 (autoload 'insert-button "button" "\
2661 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2662 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2663 specifying properties to add to the button.
2664 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2665 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2666 `define-button-type'.
2667
2668 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2669
2670 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2671
2672 (autoload 'make-text-button "button" "\
2673 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2674 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2675 specifying properties to add to the button.
2676 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2677 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2678 `define-button-type'.
2679
2680 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2681 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2682 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2683 `make-text-button'.
2684
2685 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2686
2687 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2688
2689 (autoload 'insert-text-button "button" "\
2690 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2691 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2692 specifying properties to add to the button.
2693 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2694 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2695 `define-button-type'.
2696
2697 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2698 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2699 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2700 `insert-text-button'.
2701
2702 Also see `make-text-button'.
2703
2704 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2705
2706 ;;;***
2707 \f
2708 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2709 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2710 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2711 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2712 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2713 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
2714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2715 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2716 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2717 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2718 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2719
2720 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2721 Not documented
2722
2723 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2724
2725 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2726 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2727 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2728 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2729 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2730 else the global value will be modified.
2731
2732 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2733
2734 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2735 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2736 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2737 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2738 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2739 else the global value will be modified.
2740
2741 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2742
2743 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2744 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2745 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2746
2747 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2748
2749 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2750 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2751 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2753
2754 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2755 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2756 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2757 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2758 whether to compile it.
2759
2760 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2761
2762 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2763 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2764
2765 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2766 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2767
2768 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2770 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2771 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2772 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2773 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2774
2775 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2778 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2779 Print the result in the echo area.
2780 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2781
2782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2783
2784 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2785 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2786 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2787
2788 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2791 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2792 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2793 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2794 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2795 all functions called by those functions.
2796
2797 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2798 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2799 cons, etc.).
2800
2801 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2802 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2803 invoked interactively.
2804
2805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2806
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2808 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2811
2812 \(fn)" nil nil)
2813
2814 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2815 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2816 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2817 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2818 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2819 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2820 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2821 already up-to-date.
2822
2823 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2824
2825 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2827 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2828 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2829
2830 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2831 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2832 and corresponding effects.
2833
2834 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2835
2836 ;;;***
2837 \f
2838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18177 856))
2839 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2840
2841 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2842
2843 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2844
2845 ;;;***
2846 \f
2847 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2848 ;;;;;; (18190 39681))
2849 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2850
2851 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "cal-hebrew" "\
2852 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2853 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2854 from the cursor position.
2855
2856 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2857
2858 ;;;***
2859 \f
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2861 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2862 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2863 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2865
2866 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2867 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2868
2869 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2870 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2871
2872 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2873 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2874
2875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2876
2877 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2878 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2879
2880 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2881
2882 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2884
2885 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2886
2887 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2888 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2889
2890 \(fn)" t nil)
2891
2892 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2893 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2894 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2895 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2896
2897 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2898
2899 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2900 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2901 This is most useful in the X window system.
2902 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2903 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2904
2905 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2906
2907 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 See calc-keypad for details.
2910
2911 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2912
2913 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2914 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2915
2916 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2917
2918 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2919 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2920
2921 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2924 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2925
2926 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2927
2928 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2929 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2930 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2931
2932 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2935 Not documented
2936
2937 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2938
2939 ;;;***
2940 \f
2941 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18213
2942 ;;;;;; 1252))
2943 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2944
2945 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2946 Run the Emacs calculator.
2947 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2948
2949 \(fn)" t nil)
2950
2951 ;;;***
2952 \f
2953 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2954 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2955 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2956 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2957 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2958 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2959 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2960 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2961 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2962 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2963 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2964 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2965 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2966 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2967 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2968 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2969 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2970 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18190 39681))
2971 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2972
2973 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2974 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2975 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2976 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2977 the screen.")
2978
2979 (custom-autoload 'calendar-offset "calendar" t)
2980
2981 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2982 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2983 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2984 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2985 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2986 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2987
2988 (custom-autoload 'view-diary-entries-initially "calendar" t)
2989
2990 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2991 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2992 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2993
2994 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-in-calendar "calendar" t)
2995
2996 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2997 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2998 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2999
3000 (custom-autoload 'calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting "calendar" t)
3001
3002 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
3003 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
3004 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
3005 displayed.")
3006
3007 (custom-autoload 'view-calendar-holidays-initially "calendar" t)
3008
3009 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
3010 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
3011 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
3012
3013 (custom-autoload 'mark-holidays-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3014
3015 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
3016 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
3017 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3018
3019 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
3020
3021 (custom-autoload 'all-hebrew-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3022
3023 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
3024 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
3025 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3026
3027 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
3028 calendar.")
3029
3030 (custom-autoload 'all-christian-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3031
3032 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
3033 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
3034 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3035
3036 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
3037 calendar.")
3038
3039 (custom-autoload 'all-islamic-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3040
3041 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3042 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3043 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3044
3045 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3046 calendar.")
3047
3048 (custom-autoload 'all-bahai-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3049
3050 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3051 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3052 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3053
3054 (custom-autoload 'calendar-load-hook "calendar" t)
3055
3056 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3057 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3058 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3059 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3060 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3061
3062 (custom-autoload 'initial-calendar-window-hook "calendar" t)
3063
3064 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3065 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3066 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3067 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3068 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3069 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3070 a function is also provided for this:
3071 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3072
3073 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3074 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3075 date is not visible in the window.
3076
3077 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3078 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3079 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3080
3081 (custom-autoload 'today-visible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3082
3083 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3084 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3085
3086 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3087 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3088 date is visible in the window.
3089
3090 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3091 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3092 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3093
3094 (custom-autoload 'today-invisible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3095
3096 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3097 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3098
3099 For example,
3100
3101 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3102
3103 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3104
3105 (custom-autoload 'calendar-move-hook "calendar" t)
3106
3107 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3108 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3109
3110 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3111 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3112
3113 MONTH/DAY
3114 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3115 MONTHNAME DAY
3116 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3117 DAYNAME
3118
3119 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3120 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3121 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3122 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3123 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3124 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3125 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3126 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3127 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3128 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3129 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3130 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3131 in every week.
3132
3133 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3134 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3135 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3136 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3137
3138 DAY/MONTH
3139 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3140 DAY MONTHNAME
3141 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3142 DAYNAME
3143
3144 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3145 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3146
3147 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3148 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3149 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3150 window but will appear in a diary window.
3151
3152 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3153 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3154
3155 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3156 entries (in the default American style):
3157
3158 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3159 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3160 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3161 21: Payday
3162 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3163 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3164 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3165 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3166 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3167 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3168 &* 15 time cards due.
3169
3170 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3171 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3172 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3173 single diary entry
3174
3175 02/11/1989
3176 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3177 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3178 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3179 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3180 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3181 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3182
3183 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3184 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3185 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3186
3187 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3188
3189 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3190
3191 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3192 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3193 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3194 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3195 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3196 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3197 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3198 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3199 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3200 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3201 details.
3202
3203 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3204 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3205 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3206 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3207 documentation for these functions for details.
3208
3209 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3210 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3211
3212 (custom-autoload 'diary-file "calendar" t)
3213
3214 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3215 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3216
3217 (custom-autoload 'diary-nonmarking-symbol "calendar" t)
3218
3219 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3220 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3221
3222 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3223
3224 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3225 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3226
3227 (custom-autoload 'islamic-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3228
3229 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3230 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3231
3232 (custom-autoload 'bahai-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3233
3234 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3235 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3236 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3237
3238 (custom-autoload 'diary-include-string "calendar" t)
3239
3240 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3241 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3242 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3243
3244 (custom-autoload 'sexp-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3245
3246 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3247 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3248 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3249 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3250 full.")
3251
3252 (custom-autoload 'abbreviated-calendar-year "calendar" t)
3253
3254 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3255 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3256 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3257 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3258 are
3259
3260 DAY/MONTH
3261 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3262 DAY MONTHNAME
3263 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3264 DAYNAME
3265
3266 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3267 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3268 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3269
3270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3271 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3272 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3273 `american-calendar'.")
3274
3275 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-style "calendar" nil)
3276
3277 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3278 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3279 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3280
3281 (custom-autoload 'american-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3282
3283 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3284 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3285 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3286
3287 (custom-autoload 'european-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3288
3289 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
3290 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3291 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3292
3293 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3294
3295 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
3296 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3297 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3298
3299 (custom-autoload 'american-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3300
3301 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
3302 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3303 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3304 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3305 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3306 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3307
3308 (custom-autoload 'print-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3309
3310 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3311 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3312 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3313
3314 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3315 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3316 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3317 of the form
3318
3319 #include \"filename\"
3320
3321 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3322 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3323 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3324 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3325 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3326
3327 For example, you could use
3328
3329 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3330 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3331 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3332
3333 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3334 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3335 lexicographic order.")
3336
3337 (custom-autoload 'list-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3338
3339 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3340 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3341 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3342
3343 (custom-autoload 'diary-hook "calendar" t)
3344
3345 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3346 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3347 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3348 diary display.
3349
3350 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3351 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3352 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3353 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3354 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3355 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3356 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3357
3358 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3359 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3360 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3361 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3362 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3363 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3364 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3365 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3366
3367 (custom-autoload 'diary-display-hook "calendar" nil)
3368
3369 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3370 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3371 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3372 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3373 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3374 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3375 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3376
3377 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-listing-hook "calendar" t)
3378
3379 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3380 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3381
3382 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3383 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3384 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3385 of the form
3386 #include \"filename\"
3387 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3388 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3389 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3390 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3391 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3392
3393 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3394
3395 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3396 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3397 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3398 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3399 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3400 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3401 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3402
3403 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-marking-hook "calendar" t)
3404
3405 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3406 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3407 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3408 are holidays.")
3409
3410 (custom-autoload 'diary-list-include-blanks "calendar" t)
3411
3412 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3413 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3414 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3415 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3416 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3417
3418 (custom-autoload 'holidays-in-diary-buffer "calendar" t)
3419
3420 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3421
3422 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
3423 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3425
3426 (custom-autoload 'general-holidays "calendar" t)
3427
3428 (put 'oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3429
3430 (defvar oriental-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (holiday-chinese-new-year))) "\
3431 Oriental holidays.
3432 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3433
3434 (custom-autoload 'oriental-holidays "calendar" t)
3435
3436 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3437
3438 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3439 Local holidays.
3440 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3441
3442 (custom-autoload 'local-holidays "calendar" t)
3443
3444 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3445
3446 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3447 User defined holidays.
3448 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3449
3450 (custom-autoload 'other-holidays "calendar" t)
3451
3452 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
3453
3454 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
3455
3456 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
3457
3458 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
3459
3460 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
3461
3462 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
3463
3464 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
3465
3466 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
3467
3468 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3469
3470 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3471 Jewish holidays.
3472 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3473
3474 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-holidays "calendar" t)
3475
3476 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3477
3478 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
3479 Christian holidays.
3480 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3481
3482 (custom-autoload 'christian-holidays "calendar" t)
3483
3484 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3485
3486 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
3487 Islamic holidays.
3488 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3489
3490 (custom-autoload 'islamic-holidays "calendar" t)
3491
3492 (put 'bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3493
3494 (defvar bahai-holidays '((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))) "\
3495 Baha'i holidays.
3496 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3497
3498 (custom-autoload 'bahai-holidays "calendar" t)
3499
3500 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3501
3502 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
3503 Sun-related holidays.
3504 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3505
3506 (custom-autoload 'solar-holidays "calendar" t)
3507
3508 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3509
3510 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3511 The frame setup of the calendar.
3512 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3513 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3514 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3515 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3516 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3517
3518 (custom-autoload 'calendar-setup "calendar" t)
3519
3520 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3521 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3522 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3523
3524 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3525 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3526
3527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3528
3529 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3530 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3531 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3532
3533 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3534 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3535 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3536 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3537
3538 (custom-autoload 'calendar-week-start-day "calendar" nil)
3539
3540 ;;;***
3541 \f
3542 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3543 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18177 860))
3544 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3545
3546 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3547 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3548
3549 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3550
3551 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3552 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3553 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3554 it fails.
3555
3556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3557
3558 ;;;***
3559 \f
3560 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3561 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
3562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3563
3564 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3565 Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
3566
3567 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3568 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3569 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3570 restriction to ASCII.
3571
3572 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3573
3574 capitalizedWorDD
3575 ^ ^ ^^
3576
3577 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3578 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3579 boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3580
3581 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3582 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3583 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3584 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3585 the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
3586 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3587 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3588
3589 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3590 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3591
3592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3593
3594 ;;;***
3595 \f
3596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18177
3597 ;;;;;; 872))
3598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3599 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3600
3601 ;;;***
3602 \f
3603 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3604 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
3605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3606
3607 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3608 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3609
3610 \(fn)" nil nil)
3611
3612 ;;;***
3613 \f
3614 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3615 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3616 ;;;;;; (18194 36640))
3617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3618
3619 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3620 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3621 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3622 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3623 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3624 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3625 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3626
3627 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3628
3629 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3630 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3631 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3632 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3633 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3634 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3635 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3636 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3637
3638 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3639 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3640 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3641 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3642 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3643 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3644
3645 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3646
3647 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3648 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3649
3650 Key bindings:
3651 \\{c-mode-map}
3652
3653 \(fn)" t nil)
3654
3655 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3656 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3657
3658 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3659 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3660 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3661 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3662 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3663 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3664 message.
3665
3666 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3667
3668 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3669 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3670
3671 Key bindings:
3672 \\{c++-mode-map}
3673
3674 \(fn)" t nil)
3675
3676 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3677 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3678 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3679
3680 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3681 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3682 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3683 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3684 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3685 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3686 message.
3687
3688 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3689
3690 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3691 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3692
3693 Key bindings:
3694 \\{objc-mode-map}
3695
3696 \(fn)" t nil)
3697
3698 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3699 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3700 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3701
3702 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3703 Major mode for editing Java code.
3704 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3705 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3706 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3707 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3708 message.
3709
3710 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3711
3712 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3713 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3714
3715 Key bindings:
3716 \\{java-mode-map}
3717
3718 \(fn)" t nil)
3719
3720 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3721 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3722 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3723
3724 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3725 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3726 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3727 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3728 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3729 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3730 message.
3731
3732 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3733
3734 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3735 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3736
3737 Key bindings:
3738 \\{idl-mode-map}
3739
3740 \(fn)" t nil)
3741
3742 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3743 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3744 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3745 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3746
3747 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3748 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3749 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3750 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3751 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3752 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3753 message.
3754
3755 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3756
3757 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3758 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3759
3760 Key bindings:
3761 \\{pike-mode-map}
3762
3763 \(fn)" t nil)
3764 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3765 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3766 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3767 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3768 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3769 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3770
3771 ;;;***
3772 \f
3773 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3774 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18194 36640))
3775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3776
3777 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3778 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3779 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3780 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3781
3782 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3783
3784 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3785 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3786 might get set too.
3787
3788 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3789 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3790 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3791 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3792 way.
3793
3794 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3795 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3796 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3797 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3798 a null operation.
3799
3800 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3801
3802 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3803 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3804 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3805 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3806
3807 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3808
3809 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3810 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3811 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3812
3813 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3814
3815 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3816 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3817 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3818 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3819 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3820
3821 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3822
3823 ;;;***
3824 \f
3825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (18177
3826 ;;;;;; 872))
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3828 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3829
3830 ;;;***
3831 \f
3832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18177 872))
3833 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3834 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3835 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3836 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3837
3838 ;;;***
3839 \f
3840 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3841 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3842 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
3843 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3844
3845 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3846 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3847
3848 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3849
3850 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3851 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3852
3853 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3854
3855 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3856 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3857
3858 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3859 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3860 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3861 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3862 execution.
3863
3864 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3865
3866 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3867
3868 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3869 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3870
3871 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3872 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3873 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3874 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3875
3876 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3877 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3878 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3879 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3880 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3881 `write' commands.
3882
3883 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3884 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3885 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3886 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3887
3888 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3889 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3890 semantics.
3891
3892 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3893
3894 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3895
3896 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3897
3898 STATEMENT :=
3899 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3900 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3901
3902 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3903 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3904 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3905 | integer
3906
3907 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3908
3909 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3910 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3911 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3912
3913 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3914 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3915 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3916
3917 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3918 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3919
3920 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3921 BREAK := (break)
3922
3923 REPEAT :=
3924 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3925 (repeat)
3926 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3927 ;; (repeat))
3928 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3929 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3930 ;; (read REG)
3931 ;; (repeat))
3932 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3933 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3934 ;; (read REG)
3935 ;; (repeat))
3936 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3937
3938 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3939 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3940 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3941 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3942 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3943 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3944 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3945 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3946 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3947 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3948 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3949 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3950 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3951 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3952 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3953 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3954
3955 WRITE :=
3956 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3957 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3958 ;; representation.
3959 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3960 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3961 ;; (write r7))
3962 | (write EXPRESSION)
3963 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3964 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3965 ;; representation.
3966 | (write integer)
3967 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3968 ;; buffer.
3969 | (write string)
3970 ;; Same as: (write string)
3971 | string
3972 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3973 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3974 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3975 ;; representation.
3976 | (write REG ARRAY)
3977 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3978 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3979 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3980 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3981 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3982 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3983
3984 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3985 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3986
3987 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3988 END := (end)
3989
3990 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3991 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3992 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3993
3994 ARG := REG | integer
3995
3996 OPERATOR :=
3997 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3998 + | - | * | / | %
3999
4000 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
4001 | & | `|' | ^
4002
4003 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4004 | << | >>
4005
4006 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4007 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4008 | <8
4009
4010 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4011 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4012 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4013 | >8
4014
4015 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4016 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4017 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4018 | //
4019
4020 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4021 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4022
4023 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4024 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4025 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4026 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4027 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4028 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4029 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4030 | de-sjis
4031
4032 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4033 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
4034 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4035 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4036 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4037 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4038 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4039 ;; byte of SJIS.
4040 | en-sjis
4041
4042 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4043 ;; Same meaning as C code
4044 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4045
4046 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4047 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4048 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4049 | <8=
4050
4051 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4052 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4053 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4054
4055 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4056 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4057 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4058 | //=
4059
4060 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4061
4062
4063 TRANSLATE :=
4064 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4065 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4066 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4067 LOOKUP :=
4068 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4069 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4070 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
4071 MAP :=
4072 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4073 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4074 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4075 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4076 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4077 MAP-ID := integer
4078
4079 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4080
4081 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4082 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4083 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4084 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4085 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4086 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4087
4088 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4089
4090 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4091 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4092 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4093
4094 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4095
4096 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4097
4098 ;;;***
4099 \f
4100 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4101 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
4102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4103
4104 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
4105 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4106 There are no special keybindings by default.
4107
4108 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4109 to the action header.
4110
4111 \(fn)" t nil)
4112
4113 ;;;***
4114 \f
4115 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4116 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4117 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4118 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4119 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4120 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4121 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4122 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4123 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
4124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4125 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4126 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4127
4128 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4129 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4130 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4131 the users will view as each check is completed.
4132
4133 \(fn)" t nil)
4134
4135 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4136 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4137 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4138 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4139 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4140 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4141 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4142 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4143
4144 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4145
4146 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4147 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4148 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4149 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4150 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4151 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4152 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4153 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4154
4155 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4156
4157 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4158 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4159 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4160 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4161 spacing are all verified.
4162
4163 \(fn)" t nil)
4164
4165 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4166 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4167 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4168 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4169 otherwise stop after the first error.
4170
4171 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4172
4173 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4174 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4175 Only documentation strings are checked.
4176 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4177 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4178 a separate buffer.
4179
4180 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4181
4182 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4183 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4184 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4185 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4186 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4187
4188 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4189
4190 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4191 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4192 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4193 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4194 if there is one.
4195
4196 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4197
4198 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4199 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4200 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4201 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4202 if there is one.
4203 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4204
4205 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4206
4207 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4208 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4209 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4210
4211 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4212
4213 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4214 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4215 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4216 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4217 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4218
4219 \(fn)" t nil)
4220
4221 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4222 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4223 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4224 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4225 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4226 space at the end of each line.
4227
4228 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4229
4230 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4231 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4232 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4233 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4234
4235 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4236
4237 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4238 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4239 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4240 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4241
4242 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4243
4244 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4245 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4246 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4248
4249 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4250
4251 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4252 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4253 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4254 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4255
4256 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4257
4258 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4259 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4260 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4261 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4262
4263 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4264
4265 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4266 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4267 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4268 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4269
4270 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4271
4272 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4273 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4274 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4275 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4276
4277 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4278
4279 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4280 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4281 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4282 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4283
4284 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4285
4286 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4287 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4288 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4289 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4290
4291 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4292
4293 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4294 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4295 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4296 turn it off.
4297
4298 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4299 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4300 checking of documentation strings.
4301
4302 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4303
4304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4305
4306 ;;;***
4307 \f
4308 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
4309 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
4310 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18177 866))
4311 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4312
4313 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4314 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4315 Return the length of resulting text.
4316
4317 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4318
4319 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4320 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4321
4322 \(fn)" t nil)
4323
4324 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4325 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4326 Return the length of resulting text.
4327
4328 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4329
4330 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4331 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4332
4333 \(fn)" t nil)
4334
4335 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4336 Not documented
4337
4338 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4339
4340 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4341 Not documented
4342
4343 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4344
4345 ;;;***
4346 \f
4347 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4348 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18177 856))
4349 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4350
4351 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4352 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4353 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4354 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4355 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4356 editing and the result is evaluated.
4357
4358 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4359
4360 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4361 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4362 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4363 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4364 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4365
4366 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4367
4368 \(fn)" t nil)
4369
4370 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4371 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4372 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4373 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4374 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4375
4376 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4377 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4378 \\{command-history-map}
4379
4380 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4381 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4382
4383 \(fn)" t nil)
4384
4385 ;;;***
4386 \f
4387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18231 31065))
4388 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4389
4390 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4391 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4392 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4393 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4394 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4395 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4396
4397 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4398 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4399
4400 ;;;***
4401 \f
4402 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4403 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
4404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4405
4406 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4407 Not documented
4408
4409 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4410
4411 ;;;***
4412 \f
4413 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4414 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
4415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4416
4417 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4418 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4419 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4420 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4421
4422 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4423 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4424 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4425 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4426
4427 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4428 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4429
4430 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4431
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18177
4435 ;;;;;; 856))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4437
4438 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4439 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4440 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4441 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4442 of `scheme-program-name').
4443 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4444 it is given as initial input.
4445 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4446 discards input when it starts up.
4447 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4448 is run).
4449 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4450
4451 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4452 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4453
4454 ;;;***
4455 \f
4456 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
4457 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
4458 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4459
4460 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4461 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
4462
4463 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4464
4465 ;;;***
4466 \f
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4468 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4469 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4470 ;;;;;; (18213 1253))
4471 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4472
4473 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4474 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4475 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4476 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4477 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4478 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4479 functions have already modified the buffer.
4480
4481 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4482
4483 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4484 either globally or locally.")
4485
4486 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4487
4488 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4489 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4490 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4491 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4492 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4493 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4494 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4495 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4496
4497 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4498
4499 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4500
4501 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4502 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4503 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4504 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4505 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4506 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4507 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4508 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4509
4510 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4511
4512 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4513
4514 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4515 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4516 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4517 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4518 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4519 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4520
4521 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4522
4523 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4524 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4525 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4526 directory tracking functions.")
4527
4528 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4529 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4530 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4531
4532 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4533
4534 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4535
4536 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4537 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4538 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4539
4540 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4541
4542 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4543
4544 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to current process.
4546 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4547 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4548
4549 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4550
4551 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4552 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4553 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4554 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4555
4556 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4557
4558 ;;;***
4559 \f
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18177
4561 ;;;;;; 856))
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4563
4564 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4565 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4566 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4567 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4568
4569 This command pushes the mark in each window
4570 at the prior location of point in that window.
4571 If both windows display the same buffer,
4572 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4573 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4574
4575 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4576 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4577 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4578 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4579 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4580 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4581 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4582 ignored.
4583
4584 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4585 this command work in interlaced mode:
4586 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4587 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4588 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4589
4590 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4591
4592 ;;;***
4593 \f
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4595 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4596 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4597 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4598 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18213 1259))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4600
4601 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4602 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4603
4604 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4605
4606 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4607 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4608
4609 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4610
4611 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4612 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4613 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4614 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4615 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4616 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4617 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4618
4619 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4620 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4621 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4622 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4623 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4624
4625 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4626 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4627 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4628 describing how the process finished.")
4629
4630 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4631 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4632 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4633 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4634 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4635
4636 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4637 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4638 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4639
4640 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4641
4642 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4643 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4644 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4645 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4646
4647 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4648
4649 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4650 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4651
4652 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4653 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4654
4655 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4656 (lambda ()
4657 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4658 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4659 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4660 (concat \"make -k \"
4661 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4662
4663 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4664 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4665
4666 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4667 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4668 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4669 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4670
4671 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4672
4673 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4674 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4675 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4676 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4677
4678 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4679 and move to the source code that caused it.
4680
4681 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4682 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4683
4684 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4685 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4686 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4687 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4688
4689 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4690 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4691 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4692 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4693
4694 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4695 kills its subprocesses.
4696
4697 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4698 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4699 to a function that generates a unique name.
4700
4701 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4702
4703 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4704 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4705 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4706 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4707
4708 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4709 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4710
4711 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4712 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4713 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4714 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4715
4716 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4717 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4718 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4719
4720 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4721
4722 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4723
4724 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4725 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4726 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4727 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4728 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4729
4730 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4731
4732 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4733
4734 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4735
4736 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4737 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4738 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4739 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4740 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4741 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4742 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4743
4744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4745
4746 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4747 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4748 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4749 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4750 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4751 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4752
4753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4754
4755 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4756 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4757 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4758
4759 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4760
4761 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4762
4763 ;;;***
4764 \f
4765 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4766 ;;;;;; (18213 1253))
4767 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4768
4769 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4770 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4771 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4774 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4775
4776 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4777
4778 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4779 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4780 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4781
4782 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4783 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4784 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4785 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4786
4787 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4788 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4789 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4790 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4791
4792 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4793 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4794 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4795 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4796
4797 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4798 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4799 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4800 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4801 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4802
4803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4804
4805 ;;;***
4806 \f
4807 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4808 ;;;;;; (18190 39674))
4809 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4810
4811 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4812 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4813 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4816 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4817
4818 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4819
4820 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4821 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4822
4823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4824
4825 ;;;***
4826 \f
4827 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4828 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18177
4829 ;;;;;; 856))
4830 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4831
4832 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4833 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4834 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4835 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4836
4837 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4838
4839 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4840 Toggle Auto Compostion mode.
4841 With arg, turn Auto Compostion mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
4842 number; if arg is nil, toggle Auto Compostion mode; anything else turns Auto
4843 Compostion on.
4844
4845 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4846 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4847
4848 You can use Global Auto Composition mode to automagically turn on
4849 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4850
4851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4852
4853 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4854 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4855 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4856 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4857 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4858 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4859
4860 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4861
4862 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4863 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4864 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4865 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4866 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4867
4868 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4869
4870 ;;;***
4871 \f
4872 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4873 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4874 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4875 ;;;;;; (18213 1260))
4876 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4877
4878 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4879 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4880 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4881 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4882 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4883 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4884 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4885
4886 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4887 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4888 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4889
4890 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4891 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4892 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4893
4894 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4895 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4896 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4897 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4898
4899 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4900 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4901 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4902 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4903 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4904 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4905 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4906
4907 \\{conf-mode-map}
4908
4909 \(fn)" t nil)
4910
4911 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4912 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4913 Comments start with `#'.
4914 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4915
4916 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4917
4918 \[Desktop Entry]
4919 Encoding=UTF-8
4920 Name=The GIMP
4921 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4922 Name[cs]=GIMP
4923
4924 \(fn)" t nil)
4925
4926 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4927 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4928 Comments start with `;'.
4929 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4930
4931 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4932
4933 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4934 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4935 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4936
4937 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4938 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4939
4940 \(fn)" t nil)
4941
4942 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4943 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4944 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4945 between `/*' and `*/'.
4946 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4947
4948 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4949 // another kind of comment
4950 /* yet another */
4951
4952 name:value
4953 name=value
4954 name value
4955 x.1 =
4956 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4957 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4958
4959 \(fn)" t nil)
4960
4961 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4962 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4963 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4964 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4965 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4966 `conf-space-keywords'.
4967 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4968 in an interactive fashion instead.
4969
4970 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4971
4972 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4973
4974 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4975 image/png png
4976 image/tiff tiff tif
4977
4978 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4979 class desktop
4980 # Standard multimedia devices
4981 add /dev/audio desktop
4982 add /dev/mixer desktop
4983
4984 \(fn)" t nil)
4985
4986 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4987 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4988 See `conf-space-mode'.
4989
4990 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4991
4992 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4993 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4994 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4995 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4996
4997 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4998
4999 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5000 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5001
5002 \(fn)" t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5005 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5006 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5007 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5008
5009 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5010
5011 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5012 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5013
5014 \(fn)" t nil)
5015
5016 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5017 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5018 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5019 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5020
5021 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5022
5023 *background: gray99
5024 *foreground: black
5025
5026 \(fn)" t nil)
5027
5028 ;;;***
5029 \f
5030 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5031 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18177 871))
5032 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5033
5034 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5035 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5036 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5037 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5038
5039 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5040
5041 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5042 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5043 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5044 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5045
5046 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5047
5048 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5049 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5050 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5051 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5052
5053 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5054
5055 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
5056 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5057
5058 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5059
5060 ;;;***
5061 \f
5062 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5063 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18190 39681))
5064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5065
5066 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5067 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5068 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5069 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5070 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5071 following the copyright are updated as well.
5072 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5073 interactively.
5074
5075 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5076
5077 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5078 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5079 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5080
5081 \(fn)" t nil)
5082
5083 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5084 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5085
5086 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5087
5088 ;;;***
5089 \f
5090 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5091 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18231 31069))
5092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5093 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5094
5095 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5096 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5097 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5098 Tab indents for Perl code.
5099 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5100 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5101
5102 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5103 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5104 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5105 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5106 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5107 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5108 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5109 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5110 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5111 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5112 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5113 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5114
5115 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5116
5117 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5118 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5119
5120 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5121
5122 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5123 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5124 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5125 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5126 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5127 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5128 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5129 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5130 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5131
5132 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5133
5134 bite if angry;
5135
5136 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5137 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5138 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5139 to nil.)
5140
5141 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5142 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5143 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5144
5145 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5146
5147 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5148 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5149 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5150 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5151 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5152
5153 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5154
5155 if (A) { B }
5156
5157 into
5158
5159 B if A;
5160
5161 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5162
5163 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5164 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5165 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5166 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5167 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5168 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5169 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5170 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5171 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5172 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5173 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5174 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5175 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5176
5177 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5178 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5179 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5180 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5181 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5182 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5183
5184 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5185 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5186 man via menu.
5187
5188 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5189 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5190 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5191 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5192 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5193
5194 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5195 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5196 span the needed amount of lines.
5197
5198 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5199 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5200 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5201 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5202
5203 Variables controlling indentation style:
5204 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5205 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5206 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5207 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5208 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5209 `cperl-auto-newline'
5210 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5211 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5212 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5213 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5214 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5215 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5216 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5217 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5218 `cperl-indent-level'
5219 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5220 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5221 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5222 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5223 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5224 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5225 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5226 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5227 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5228 `cperl-brace-offset'
5229 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5230 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5231 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5232 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5233 `cperl-label-offset'
5234 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5235 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5236 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5237
5238 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5239 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5240 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5241 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5242 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5243 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5244
5245 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5246 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5247 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5248 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5249
5250 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5251 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5252 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5253 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5254 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5255 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5256
5257 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5258 column 0 is indented on
5259 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5260
5261 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5262 with no args.
5263
5264 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5265 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5266 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5267
5268 \(fn)" t nil)
5269
5270 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5271 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5272
5273 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5274
5275 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5276 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5277
5278 \(fn)" t nil)
5279
5280 ;;;***
5281 \f
5282 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5283 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
5284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5285
5286 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5287 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5288 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5289 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5290 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5291
5292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5293
5294 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5295 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5296
5297 \(fn)" t nil)
5298
5299 ;;;***
5300 \f
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5302 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5304
5305 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5306 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5307 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5308 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5309
5310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5311 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5312
5313 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5314
5315 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5316 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5317 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5318
5319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5320
5321 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5322
5323 ;;;***
5324 \f
5325 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5326 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
5327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5328
5329 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5330 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5331 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5332 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5333
5334 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5335 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5336 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5337 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5338
5339 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5340 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5341 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5342
5343 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5344 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5345 'bob', and 'eve'.
5346
5347 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5348 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5349 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5350
5351 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5352
5353 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5354 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5355 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5356
5357 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5358
5359 ;;;***
5360 \f
5361 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18213
5362 ;;;;;; 1260))
5363 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5364 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5365
5366 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5367 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5368
5369 \(fn)" t nil)
5370
5371 ;;;***
5372 \f
5373 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5374 ;;;;;; (18190 39682))
5375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5376
5377 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5378 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5379 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5381 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5382 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5383
5384 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5385
5386 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5387 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5388 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5389 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5390 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5391
5392 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5393 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5394 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5395 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5396 function of these prefix keys.
5397
5398 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5399 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5400 options:
5401 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5402 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5403 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5404
5405 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5406 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5407 the prefix fallback behavior.
5408
5409 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5410 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5411 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5412 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5413
5414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5415
5416 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5417 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5418
5419 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5420
5421 ;;;***
5422 \f
5423 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5424 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5425 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5426 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5427 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5428 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5429 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5430 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5431 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5432 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5433 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
5434 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5435
5436 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5437 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5438
5439 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5440
5441 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5442 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5443
5444 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5445
5446 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5447 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5448
5449 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5450 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5451
5452 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5453 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5454
5455 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5456 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5457
5458 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5459 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5460
5461 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5462
5463 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5464
5465 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5466 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5467 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5468
5469 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5470 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5471
5472 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5473 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5474
5475 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5476 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5477
5478 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5479
5480 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5481
5482 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5483 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5484 Return VALUE.
5485
5486 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5487 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5488
5489 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5490 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5491
5492 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5493 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5494
5495 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5496
5497 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5498
5499 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5500 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5501 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5502 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5503 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5504
5505 \(fn)" t nil)
5506
5507 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5508 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5509 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5510 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5511
5512 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5513
5514 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5515 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5516
5517 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5518
5519 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5520 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5521
5522 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5523
5524 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5525
5526 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5527 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5528
5529 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5530
5531 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5532
5533 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5534 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5535 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5536
5537 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5538
5539 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5540 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5541 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5542 as part of Emacs itself.
5543
5544 Each elements looks like this:
5545
5546 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5547
5548 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5549 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5550 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5551 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5552 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5553 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5554 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5555 and `defface'.
5556
5557 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5558
5559 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5560 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5561 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5562 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5563 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5564
5565 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5566 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5567 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5568 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5569
5570 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5571
5572 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5573 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5574 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5575 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5576 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5577
5578 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5579 that were added or redefined since that version.
5580
5581 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5582
5583 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5584 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5585 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5586 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5587
5588 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5589 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5590
5591 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5592
5593 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5594 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5595 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5596
5597 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5598 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5599
5600 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5601
5602 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5603 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5604
5605 \(fn)" t nil)
5606
5607 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5608 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5609
5610 \(fn)" t nil)
5611
5612 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5613 Customize all already saved user options.
5614
5615 \(fn)" t nil)
5616
5617 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5618 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5619 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5620 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5621 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5622 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5623 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5624 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5625
5626 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5627
5628 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5629 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5630 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5631 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5632
5633 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5634
5635 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5636 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5637
5638 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5639
5640 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5641 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5642
5643 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5644
5645 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5646 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5647 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5648 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5649 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5650 that option.
5651
5652 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5653
5654 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5655 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5656 The result includes selecting that window.
5657 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5658 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5659 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5660 that option.
5661
5662 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5663
5664 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5665 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5666
5667 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5668
5669 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5670 File used for storing customization information.
5671 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5672 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5673 it should be an absolute file name.
5674
5675 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5676 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5677 something like the following in your init file:
5678
5679 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5680 \(load custom-file)
5681
5682 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5683 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5684
5685 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5686 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5687 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5688 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5689 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5690
5691 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5692 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5693 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5694 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5695 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5696 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5697 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5698 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5699 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5700 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5701
5702 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5703
5704 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5705 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5706
5707 \(fn)" nil nil)
5708
5709 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5710 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5711
5712 \(fn)" t nil)
5713
5714 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5715 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5716 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5717
5718 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5719
5720 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5721 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5722 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5723 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5724 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5725
5726 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5727
5728 ;;;***
5729 \f
5730 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5731 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18190 39674))
5732 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5733
5734 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
5735 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5736
5737 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5738
5739 (defconst custom-face-attributes '((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth `(:line-width ,lwidth)) (and color `(:color ,color)) (and style `(:style ,style))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value 'unspecified)) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value)))) "\
5740 Alist of face attributes.
5741
5742 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5743 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5744 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5745 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5746 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5747 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5748
5749 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5750 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5751 customization type TYPE).
5752
5753 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5754 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5755 given face attribute.")
5756
5757 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
5758 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5759 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5760 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5761
5762 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5763
5764 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5765 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5766 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5767 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5768 between themes and faces.
5769 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5770
5771 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5772 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5773
5774 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5775
5776 (autoload 'custom-theme-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5777 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5778 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5779
5780 (FACE IGNORED)
5781
5782 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5783
5784 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5785
5786 (autoload 'custom-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5787 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5788 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5789
5790 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5791
5792 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5793
5794 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5795
5796 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5797
5798 ;;;***
5799 \f
5800 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5801 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
5802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5803
5804 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5805 Create a custom theme.
5806
5807 \(fn)" t nil)
5808
5809 ;;;***
5810 \f
5811 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5812 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
5813 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5814
5815 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5816 Mode used for cvs status output.
5817
5818 \(fn)" t nil)
5819
5820 ;;;***
5821 \f
5822 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5823 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18177 872))
5824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5825
5826 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5827 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5828
5829 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5830 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5831 C++ modes are included.
5832
5833 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5834
5835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5836
5837 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5838 Turn on CWarn mode.
5839
5840 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5841 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5842
5843 \(fn)" nil nil)
5844
5845 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5846 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5847 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5850 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5851
5852 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5853
5854 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5855 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5856 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5857 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5858 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5859
5860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5861
5862 ;;;***
5863 \f
5864 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5865 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5866 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
5867 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5868
5869 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5870 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5871
5872 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5873
5874 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5875 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5876
5877 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5878
5879 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5880 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5881 For readability, the table is slightly
5882 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5883
5884 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5885 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5886 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5887 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5888 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5889
5890 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5891
5892 ;;;***
5893 \f
5894 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5895 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
5896 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5897 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5898 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5899
5900 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5901 Completion on current word.
5902 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5903 and presents suggestions for completion.
5904
5905 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5906 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5907 completions.
5908
5909 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5910 then it searches *all* buffers.
5911
5912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5913
5914 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5915 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5916
5917 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5918 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5919 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5920 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5921 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5922
5923 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5924 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5925
5926 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5927 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5928 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5929
5930 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5931 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5932
5933 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5934
5935 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5936
5937 ;;;***
5938 \f
5939 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18213
5940 ;;;;;; 1259))
5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5942
5943 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5944 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5945
5946 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5947 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5948 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5949
5950 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5951 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5952 Data lines are not indented.
5953
5954 Key bindings:
5955
5956 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5957 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5958
5959 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5960 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5961 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5962 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5963
5964 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5965
5966 dcl-basic-offset
5967 Extra indentation within blocks.
5968
5969 dcl-continuation-offset
5970 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5971
5972 dcl-margin-offset
5973 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5974
5975 dcl-margin-label-offset
5976 Indentation for a label.
5977
5978 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5979 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5980
5981 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5982 dcl-block-end-regexp
5983 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5984 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5985 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5986 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5987 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5988
5989 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5990 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5991 Two such functions are included in the package:
5992 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5993 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5994
5995 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5996 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5997 One such function is included in the package:
5998 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5999
6000 dcl-tab-always-indent
6001 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6002 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6003 margin.
6004
6005 dcl-electric-characters
6006 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6007 typed.
6008
6009 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6010 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6011 which words trigger electric indentation.
6012
6013 dcl-tempo-comma
6014 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6015 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6016 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6017
6018 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6019 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6020 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6021 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6022
6023 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6024 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6025 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6026 dcl-imenu-label-call
6027 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6028
6029 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6030 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6031 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6032 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6033
6034
6035 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6036
6037 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6038 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6039 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6040 $ i = 1
6041 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6042 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6043 $ label:
6044 $ if i.eq.1
6045 $ then
6046 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6047 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6048 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6049 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6050 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6051 \"lined up with the command line\"
6052 $ type sys$input
6053 Data lines are not indented at all.
6054 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6055 $ endif
6056 $
6057
6058
6059 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6060 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6061
6062 \(fn)" t nil)
6063
6064 ;;;***
6065 \f
6066 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6067 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18195 4246))
6068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6069
6070 (setq debugger 'debug)
6071
6072 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6073 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6074 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6075 of the evaluator.
6076
6077 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6078 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6079 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6080
6081 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6082
6083 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6084 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6085
6086 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6087
6088 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6089 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6090 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6091 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6092 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6093 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6094
6095 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6096 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6097
6098 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6099
6100 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6101 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6102 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6103 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6104 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6105
6106 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6107
6108 ;;;***
6109 \f
6110 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6111 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
6112 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6113
6114 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6115 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6116
6117 \(fn)" t nil)
6118
6119 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6120 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6121 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6122 Upper-case letters are commands.
6123
6124 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6125 modify it.
6126
6127 The most useful commands are:
6128 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6129 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6130 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6131 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6132 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6133 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6134
6135 \(fn)" t nil)
6136
6137 ;;;***
6138 \f
6139 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6140 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18177
6141 ;;;;;; 856))
6142 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6143
6144 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6145 Customization of `columns' group.
6146
6147 \(fn)" t nil)
6148
6149 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6150 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6151
6152 START and END delimits the text region.
6153
6154 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6155
6156 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6157 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6158
6159 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6160
6161 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6162
6163 ;;;***
6164 \f
6165 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18203
6166 ;;;;;; 51791))
6167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6168
6169 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
6170 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6171 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6172 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6173 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6174 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6175
6176 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6177
6178 Customization:
6179
6180 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6181 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6182 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6183 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6184 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6185 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6186 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6187 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6188 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6189 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6190 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6191 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6192 blank line.
6193 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6194 Directories to search when finding external units.
6195 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6196 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6197
6198 Coloring:
6199
6200 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6201 Face used to color delphi comments.
6202 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6203 Face used to color delphi strings.
6204 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6205 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6206 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6207 Face used to color everything else.
6208
6209 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6210 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6211
6212 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6213
6214 ;;;***
6215 \f
6216 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18231
6217 ;;;;;; 31060))
6218 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6219
6220 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6221
6222 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6223 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6224 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6227 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6228
6229 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6230
6231 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6232 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6233 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6234 positive.
6235
6236 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6237 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6238 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6239 any selection.
6240
6241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6242
6243 ;;;***
6244 \f
6245 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6246 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18177 857))
6247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6248
6249 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6250 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6251
6252 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6253
6254 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6255 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6256 or nil if there is no parent.
6257 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6258 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6259 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6260 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6261 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6262
6263 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6264 arguments are currently understood:
6265 :group GROUP
6266 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6267 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6268 :syntax-table TABLE
6269 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6270 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6271 :abbrev-table TABLE
6272 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6273 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6274
6275 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6276
6277 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6278
6279 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6280 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6281 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6282
6283 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6284 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6285
6286 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6287 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6288 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6289
6290 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6291 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6292
6293 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6294 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6295
6296 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6297
6298 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6299
6300 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6301 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6302 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6303 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6304 the first time the mode is used.
6305
6306 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6307
6308 ;;;***
6309 \f
6310 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6311 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18231 31060))
6312 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6313
6314 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6315 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6316 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6317 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6318 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6319 otherwise.
6320
6321 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6322
6323 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6324 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6325 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6326 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6327 character composition information (if relevant),
6328 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6329
6330 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6331
6332 ;;;***
6333 \f
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6335 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6336 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6337 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18231 31060))
6338 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6339
6340 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6341 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6342 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6343
6344 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6345
6346 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6347 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6348 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6349 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6350 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6351 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6352
6353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6354
6355 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6356 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6357 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6358 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6359
6360 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6361
6362 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6363 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6364 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6365
6366 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6367 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6368 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6369
6370 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6371 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6372
6373 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6374 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6375 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6376
6377 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6378 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6379 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6380 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6381
6382 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6383
6384 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6385 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6386
6387 Handlers are called with argument list
6388
6389 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6390
6391 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6392
6393 desktop-file-version
6394 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6395 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6396 desktop-buffer-point
6397 desktop-buffer-mark
6398 desktop-buffer-read-only
6399 desktop-buffer-locals
6400
6401 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6402 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6403
6404 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6405 code like
6406
6407 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6408 ...
6409 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6410 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6411
6412 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6413
6414 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6415
6416 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6417 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6418 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6419 List elements must have the form
6420
6421 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6422
6423 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6424 function.
6425
6426 Handlers are called with argument list
6427
6428 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6429
6430 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6431
6432 desktop-file-version
6433 desktop-buffer-file-name
6434 desktop-buffer-name
6435 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6436 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6437 desktop-buffer-point
6438 desktop-buffer-mark
6439 desktop-buffer-read-only
6440 desktop-buffer-misc
6441
6442 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6443 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6444 created and set.
6445
6446 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6447 code like
6448
6449 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6450 ...
6451 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6452 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6453
6454 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6455
6456 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6457
6458 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6459
6460 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6461 Empty the Desktop.
6462 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6463 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6464 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6465
6466 \(fn)" t nil)
6467
6468 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6469 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6470 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6471 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6472 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6473
6474 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6475
6476 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6477 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6478 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6479
6480 \(fn)" t nil)
6481
6482 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6483 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6484 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6485 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6486 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6487 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6488 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6489 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6490
6491 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6492
6493 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6494 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6495 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6496
6497 \(fn)" nil nil)
6498
6499 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6500 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6501 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6502 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6503 directory DIRNAME.
6504
6505 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6506
6507 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6508 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6509
6510 \(fn)" t nil)
6511
6512 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6513 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6514
6515 \(fn)" t nil)
6516
6517 ;;;***
6518 \f
6519 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6520 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6521 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18231 31065))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6523
6524 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6525 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6526 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6527 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6528 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6529 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6530
6531 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6532
6533 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6534 Repair a broken attribution line.
6535 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6536
6537 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6538
6539 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6540 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6541 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6542 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6543
6544 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6545
6546 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6547 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6548
6549 \(fn)" t nil)
6550
6551 ;;;***
6552 \f
6553 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-composition-function devanagari-post-read-conversion
6554 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
6555 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
6556 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6557
6558 (autoload 'devanagari-compose-region "devan-util" "\
6559 Not documented
6560
6561 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6562
6563 (autoload 'devanagari-post-read-conversion "devan-util" "\
6564 Not documented
6565
6566 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6567
6568 (autoload 'devanagari-composition-function "devan-util" "\
6569 Compose Devanagari characters after the position POS.
6570 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
6571 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
6572
6573 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
6574
6575 ;;;***
6576 \f
6577 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6578 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18190 39681))
6579 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6580
6581 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6582 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6583 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6584 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6585 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6586
6587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6588
6589 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6590 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6591 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6592 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6593
6594 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6595 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6596 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6597 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6598
6599 #!/bin/sh
6600 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6601 emacs -batch \\
6602 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6603 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6604 european-calendar-style t \\
6605 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6606 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6607 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6608
6609 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6610 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6611 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6612 to run it every morning at 1am.
6613
6614 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6615
6616 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6617 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6618
6619 \(fn)" t nil)
6620
6621 ;;;***
6622 \f
6623 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6624 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18213 1253))
6625 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6626
6627 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6628 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6629
6630 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6631
6632 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6633 *The command to use to run diff.")
6634
6635 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6636
6637 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6638 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6639 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6640 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6641 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6642 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6643
6644 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6645
6646 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6647 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6648 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6649 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6650 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6651 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6652
6653 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6654
6655 ;;;***
6656 \f
6657 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6658 ;;;;;; (18213 1253))
6659 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6660
6661 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6662 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6663 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6664 normal diffs.
6665
6666 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6667 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6668 headers for you on-the-fly.
6669
6670 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6671 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6672 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6673
6674 \\{diff-mode-map}
6675
6676 \(fn)" t nil)
6677
6678 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6679 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6680 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6681
6682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6683
6684 ;;;***
6685 \f
6686 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6687 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6688 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6689 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6690 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18203 51788))
6691 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6692
6693 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6694 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6695 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6696 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6697 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6698 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6699 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6700 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6701
6702 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6703
6704 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6705 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6706
6707 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6708 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6709 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6710 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6711 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6712
6713 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6714 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6715
6716 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6717 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6718 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6719 always set this variable to t.")
6720
6721 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6722
6723 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6724 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6725 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6726 A value of t means move to first file.")
6727
6728 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6729
6730 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6731 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6732 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6733 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6734 are afterward marked with that character.")
6735
6736 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6737
6738 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6739 *Controls marking of copied files.
6740 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6741 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6742
6743 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6744
6745 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6746 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6747 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6748 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6749
6750 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6751
6752 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6753 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6754 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6755 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6756
6757 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6758
6759 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6760 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6761 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6762 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6763
6764 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6765
6766 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6767
6768 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6769 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6770 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6771
6772 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6773
6774 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6775 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6776 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6777 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6778 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6779 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6780
6781 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6782 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6783 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6784 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6785 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6786 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6787 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6788 list of files to make directory entries for.
6789 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6790 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6791 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6792 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6793
6794 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6795
6796 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6797 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6798
6799 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6800 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6801
6802 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6803 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6804
6805 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6806 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6807
6808 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6809
6810 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6811 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6812
6813 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6814
6815 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6816 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6817 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6818 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6819 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6820 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6821 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6822 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6823 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6824 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6825 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6826 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6827 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6828 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6829 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6830 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6831 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6832 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6833 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6834 to see why something went wrong.
6835 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6836 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6837 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6838 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6839 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6840 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6841 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6842 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6843 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6844 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6845 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6846 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6847 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6848
6849 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6850 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6851 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6852 again for the directory tree.
6853
6854 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6855 for more info):
6856
6857 `dired-listing-switches'
6858 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6859 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6860 `dired-marker-char'
6861 `dired-del-marker'
6862 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6863 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6864 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6865 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6866
6867 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6868
6869 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6870 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6871 `dired-mode-hook'
6872 `dired-load-hook'
6873
6874 Keybindings:
6875 \\{dired-mode-map}
6876
6877 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6878 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6879
6880 ;;;***
6881 \f
6882 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6883 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6884 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6885 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6886 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6887 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6888 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6889 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6890 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6891 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6892 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6893 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6894 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6895 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18231 31060))
6896 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6897
6898 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6899 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6900 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6901 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6902 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6903 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6904 which is options for `diff'.
6905
6906 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6907
6908 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6909 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6910 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6911 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6912 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6913 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6914
6915 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6916
6917 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6918 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6919 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6920 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6921 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6922 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6923 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6924
6925 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6926
6927 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6928 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6929 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6930 returned by function `file-attributes'
6931
6932 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6933 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6934
6935 Examples of PREDICATE:
6936
6937 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6938 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6939 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6940 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6941 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6942
6943 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6944
6945 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6946 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6947 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6948
6949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6950
6951 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6952 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6953
6954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6955
6956 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6957 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6958
6959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6960
6961 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6962 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6963 This calls touch.
6964
6965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6966
6967 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6968 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6969 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6970 `lpr-switches' as default.
6971
6972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6973
6974 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6975 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6976 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6977 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6978 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6979
6980 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6981 with a prefix argument.
6982
6983 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6984
6985 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6986 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6987 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6988 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6989 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6990
6991 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6992 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6993
6994 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6995 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6996 file name substituted for `?'.
6997
6998 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6999 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7000
7001 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7002 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7003 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7004 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7005
7006 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7007
7008 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7009 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7010 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7011
7012 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7013 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7014 in a subdir.
7015
7016 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7017 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7018 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7019
7020 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7021
7022 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7023 Not documented
7024
7025 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7026
7027 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
7028 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7029 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7030 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7031 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7032 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7033 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7034 from the buffer as well.
7035 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7036 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7037 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7038
7039 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7040
7041 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
7042 Not documented
7043
7044 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7045
7046 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
7047 Not documented
7048
7049 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7050
7051 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
7052 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7053
7054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7055
7056 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
7057 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7058
7059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7060
7061 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
7062 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7063
7064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7065
7066 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
7067 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7068 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7069 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7070
7071 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7072 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7073 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7074 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7075 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7076 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7077 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7078
7079 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7080
7081 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
7082 Not documented
7083
7084 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7085
7086 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
7087 Not documented
7088
7089 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7090
7091 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
7092 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7093
7094 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7095
7096 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
7097 Not documented
7098
7099 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7100
7101 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
7102 Not documented
7103
7104 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7105
7106 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
7107 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7108
7109 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
7112 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7113 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7114 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7115 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7116 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7117 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7118 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7119 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7120
7121 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7122 like `cp -d'.
7123
7124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7125
7126 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
7127 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7128 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7129 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7130 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7131 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7132 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7133 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7134
7135 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7136
7137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7138
7139 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
7140 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7141 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7142 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7143 and new hard links are made in that directory
7144 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7145 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7146 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7147
7148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
7151 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7152 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7153 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7154 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7155 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7156 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7157
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7159
7160 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7161 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7162
7163 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7164 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7165 file if none are marked.
7166
7167 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7168 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7169 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7170 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7171
7172 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7173 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7174
7175 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7176
7177 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7178 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7179 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7180
7181 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7184 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7185 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7186
7187 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7188
7189 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7190 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7191 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7192
7193 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7194
7195 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
7196 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7197
7198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7199
7200 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
7201 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7202
7203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7204
7205 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7206 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7207 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7208 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7209 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7210 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7211 this subdirectory.
7212 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7213
7214 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7215 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7216 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7217 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7218 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7219 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7220 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7221
7222 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7223
7224 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7225 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7226 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7227 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7228 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7229 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7230 this subdirectory.
7231 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7232
7233 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7234
7235 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7236 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7237 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7238
7239 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7240
7241 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7242 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7243 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7244 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7245
7246 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
7249 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7250 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7251 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7252
7253 \(fn)" t nil)
7254
7255 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7256 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7257 Lower levels are unaffected.
7258
7259 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
7262 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7263
7264 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
7267 Go down in the dired tree.
7268
7269 \(fn)" t nil)
7270
7271 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7272 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7273 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7274 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7275
7276 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
7279 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7280 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7281 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7282
7283 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7284
7285 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
7286 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7287 Stops when a match is found.
7288 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7289
7290 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7291
7292 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7293 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7294 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7295 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7296 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7297
7298 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7299
7300 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
7301 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7302 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7303 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7304
7305 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7306
7307 ;;;***
7308 \f
7309 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7310 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
7311 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7312
7313 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
7314 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7315 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7316 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7317 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7318 buffer and try again.
7319
7320 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
7323 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7324 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7325 This creates relative symbolic links like
7326
7327 foo -> ../bar/foo
7328
7329 not absolute ones like
7330
7331 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7332
7333 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7334
7335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7336
7337 ;;;***
7338 \f
7339 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
7340 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
7341 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7342
7343 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7344 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
7345 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
7346 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
7347 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
7348 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
7349 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
7350
7351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7354 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7355 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7356
7357 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
7358
7359 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7360 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
7361
7362 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7363
7364 ;;;***
7365 \f
7366 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18190
7367 ;;;;;; 39681))
7368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7369
7370 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7371 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7372 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7373 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7374 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7375 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7376
7377 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7378
7379 ;;;***
7380 \f
7381 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7382 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7383 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7384 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7385 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7386 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18231 31060))
7387 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7388
7389 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7390 Return a new, empty display table.
7391
7392 \(fn)" nil nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7395 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7396 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7397 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7398 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7399
7400 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7401
7402 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7403 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7404 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7405 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7406 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7407
7408 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7409
7410 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7411 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7412
7413 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7414
7415 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7416 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7417
7418 \(fn)" t nil)
7419
7420 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7421 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7422
7423 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7424
7425 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7426 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7427
7428 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7429
7430 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7431 Display character C using printable string S.
7432
7433 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7434
7435 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7436 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7437 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7438 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7439
7440 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7441
7442 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7443 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7444 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7445 X frame.
7446
7447 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7448
7449 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7450 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7451
7452 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7453
7454 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7455 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7456
7457 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7460 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7461
7462 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7465 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7466
7467 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7468
7469 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7470 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7471
7472 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7475 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7476
7477 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7478 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7479 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7480 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7481
7482 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7483 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7484 European character display.
7485
7486 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7487 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7488 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7489 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7490
7491 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7492 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7493 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7494 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7495 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7496
7497 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7498
7499 ;;;***
7500 \f
7501 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7502 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
7503 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7504
7505 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7506 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7507 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7508 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7509 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7510 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7511 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7512 Default is 2.
7513
7514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7515
7516 ;;;***
7517 \f
7518 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18177 856))
7519 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7520
7521 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7522 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7523 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7524 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7525 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7526 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7527 private or ask).
7528 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7529 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7530 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7531 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7532 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7533
7534 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7535
7536 ;;;***
7537 \f
7538 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7539 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18177 875))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7541
7542 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7543 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7544 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7545 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7546 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7547 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7548 table and its own syntax table.
7549
7550 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7551
7552 \(fn)" t nil)
7553 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7554
7555 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7556 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7557
7558 \(fn)" t nil)
7559 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7560
7561 ;;;***
7562 \f
7563 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode) "doc-view"
7564 ;;;;;; "doc-view.el" (18231 31060))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7566
7567 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7568 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7569 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7570 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7571
7572 \(fn)" t nil)
7573
7574 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7575 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
7576 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7577 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7578
7579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7580
7581 ;;;***
7582 \f
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18177 871))
7584 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7585
7586 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7587 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7588
7589 \(fn)" t nil)
7590
7591 ;;;***
7592 \f
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18213 1254))
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7595
7596 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7597 Toggle Double mode.
7598 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7599 turn it off.
7600
7601 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7602 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7603
7604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7605
7606 ;;;***
7607 \f
7608 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18177 871))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7610
7611 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7612 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7613
7614 \(fn)" t nil)
7615
7616 ;;;***
7617 \f
7618 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7619 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7621
7622 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7623 Play sounds in message buffers.
7624
7625 \(fn)" t nil)
7626
7627 ;;;***
7628 \f
7629 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7630 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7631 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18203 51788))
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7633
7634 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7635
7636 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7637 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7638 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7639 and toggle command MODE.
7640
7641 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7642 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7643 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7644 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7645 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7646 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7647 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7648 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7649 used (see below).
7650
7651 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7652 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7653 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7654 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7655 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7656 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7657 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7658 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7659 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7660 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7661 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7662 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7663 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7664 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7665 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7666 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7667 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7668
7669 For example, you could write
7670 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7671 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7672 ...BODY CODE...)
7673
7674 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7675
7676 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7677
7678 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7679
7680 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7681 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7682 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7683 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7684 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7685 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7686 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7687 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7688 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7689 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7690 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7691 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7692
7693 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7694 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7695 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7696 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7697 call another major mode in their body.
7698
7699 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7700
7701 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7702 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7703 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7704 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7705 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7706 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7707 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7708
7709 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7710
7711 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7712 Not documented
7713
7714 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7715
7716 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7717 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7718 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7719
7720 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7721
7722 ;;;***
7723 \f
7724 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7725 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18177
7726 ;;;;;; 857))
7727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7728
7729 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7730
7731 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7732 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7733
7734 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7735 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7736 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7737
7738 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7739 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7740
7741 :filter FUNCTION
7742
7743 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7744 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7745
7746 :visible INCLUDE
7747
7748 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7749 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7750
7751 :active ENABLE
7752
7753 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7754 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7755
7756 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7757
7758 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7759
7760 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7761
7762 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7763 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7764
7765 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7766 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7767
7768 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7769
7770 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7771
7772 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7773
7774 :keys KEYS
7775
7776 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7777 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7778 computed automatically.
7779 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7780
7781 :key-sequence KEYS
7782
7783 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7784 menu item.
7785 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7786 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7787 keyboard equivalent.
7788
7789 :active ENABLE
7790
7791 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7792 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7793
7794 :visible INCLUDE
7795
7796 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7797 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7798
7799 :suffix FORM
7800
7801 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7802 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7803
7804 :style STYLE
7805
7806 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7807 defined:
7808
7809 toggle: A checkbox.
7810 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7811 radio: A radio button.
7812 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7813 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7814 menu bar itself.
7815 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7816
7817 :selected SELECTED
7818
7819 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7820 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7821
7822 :help HELP
7823
7824 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7825
7826 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7827 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7828 as a solid horizontal line.
7829
7830 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7831
7832 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7833
7834 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7835 Not documented
7836
7837 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7838
7839 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7840 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7841 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7842 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7843
7844 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7845
7846 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7847 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7848 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7849 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7850 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7851 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7852
7853 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7854 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7855 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7856
7857 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7858 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7859 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7860
7861 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7862 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7863
7864 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7865
7866 ;;;***
7867 \f
7868 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7869 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7870 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7871 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7872 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7873 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7874 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7875 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18194 36640))
7876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7877
7878 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7879 Customization for ebnf group.
7880
7881 \(fn)" t nil)
7882
7883 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7884 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7885
7886 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7887
7888 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7889 processed.
7890
7891 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7892
7893 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7894
7895 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7896 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7897
7898 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7899 killed after process termination.
7900
7901 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7902
7903 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7904
7905 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7906 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7907
7908 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7909 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7910 it to the printer.
7911
7912 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7913 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7914 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7915 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7916
7917 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7918
7919 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7920 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7921 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7922
7923 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7924
7925 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7926 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7927
7928 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7929
7930 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7931 processed.
7932
7933 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7934
7935 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7936
7937 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7938 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7939
7940 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7941 killed after process termination.
7942
7943 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7944
7945 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7946
7947 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7948 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7949 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7950 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7951
7952 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7953
7954 \(fn)" t nil)
7955
7956 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7957 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7958 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7959
7960 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7961
7962 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7963
7964 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7965 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7966
7967 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7968
7969 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7970 processed.
7971
7972 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7973
7974 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7975
7976 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7977 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7978
7979 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7980 killed after EPS generation.
7981
7982 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7983
7984 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7985
7986 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7987 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7988
7989 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7990 The EPS file name has the following form:
7991
7992 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7993
7994 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7995 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7996
7997 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7998 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7999 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8000 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8001 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8002
8003 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8004 files.
8005
8006 \(fn)" t nil)
8007
8008 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8009 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8010
8011 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8012 The EPS file name has the following form:
8013
8014 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8015
8016 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8017 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8018
8019 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8020 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8021 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8022 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8023 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8024
8025 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8026 files.
8027
8028 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8029
8030 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8031
8032 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8033 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8034
8035 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8036
8037 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8038 are processed.
8039
8040 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8041
8042 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8043
8044 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8045 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8046
8047 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8048 killed after syntax checking.
8049
8050 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8051
8052 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8053
8054 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8055 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8056
8057 \(fn)" t nil)
8058
8059 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8060 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8061
8062 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8063
8064 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8065 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8066
8067 \(fn)" nil nil)
8068
8069 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8070 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8071
8072 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8073
8074 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8075
8076 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8077 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8078
8079 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8080
8081 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8084 Delete style NAME.
8085
8086 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8087
8088 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8089
8090 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8092
8093 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8094
8095 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8096
8097 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8098 Set STYLE as the current style.
8099
8100 Returns the old style symbol.
8101
8102 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8103
8104 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8105
8106 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8107 Reset current style.
8108
8109 Returns the old style symbol.
8110
8111 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8112
8113 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8114
8115 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8116 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8117
8118 Returns the old style symbol.
8119
8120 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8121
8122 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8123
8124 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8125
8126 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8128
8129 Returns the old style symbol.
8130
8131 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8132
8133 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8134
8135 \(fn)" t nil)
8136
8137 ;;;***
8138 \f
8139 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8140 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8141 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8142 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8143 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8144 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8145 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8146 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8147 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8148 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8149 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18195
8150 ;;;;;; 4247))
8151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8152
8153 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8154 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8155 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8156 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8157 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8158 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8159
8160 Tree mode key bindings:
8161 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8162
8163 \(fn)" t nil)
8164
8165 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8166 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8167
8168 \(fn)" t nil)
8169
8170 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8171 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8172
8173 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8174
8175 \(fn)" nil nil)
8176
8177 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8178 View declaration of member at point.
8179
8180 \(fn)" t nil)
8181
8182 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8183 Find declaration of member at point.
8184
8185 \(fn)" t nil)
8186
8187 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8188 View definition of member at point.
8189
8190 \(fn)" t nil)
8191
8192 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8193 Find definition of member at point.
8194
8195 \(fn)" t nil)
8196
8197 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8198 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8199
8200 \(fn)" t nil)
8201
8202 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8203 View definition of member at point in other window.
8204
8205 \(fn)" t nil)
8206
8207 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8208 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8209
8210 \(fn)" t nil)
8211
8212 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8213 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8214
8215 \(fn)" t nil)
8216
8217 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8218 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8219
8220 \(fn)" t nil)
8221
8222 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8223 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8224
8225 \(fn)" t nil)
8226
8227 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8228 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8229 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8230 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8231 completion.
8232
8233 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8234
8235 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8236 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8237 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8238 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8239
8240 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8241
8242 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8243 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8244 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8245 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8246
8247 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8248
8249 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8250 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8251 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8252
8253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8256 Search for call sites of a member.
8257 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8258 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8259 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8260 looks like a function call to the member.
8261
8262 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8265 Move backward in the position stack.
8266 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8267
8268 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8269
8270 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8271 Move forward in the position stack.
8272 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8273
8274 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8275
8276 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8277 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8278
8279 \(fn)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8282 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8283
8284 \(fn)" t nil)
8285
8286 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8287 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8288 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8289 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8290
8291 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8292
8293 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8294 Display statistics for a class tree.
8295
8296 \(fn)" t nil)
8297
8298 ;;;***
8299 \f
8300 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8301 ;;;;;; (18190 39674))
8302 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8303
8304 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8305 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8306 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8307 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8308
8309 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8310 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8311 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8312
8313 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8314 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8315 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8316
8317 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8318
8319 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8320
8321 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8322
8323 ;;;***
8324 \f
8325 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8326 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18190 39674))
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8328
8329 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8330 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8331 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8332
8333 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8334
8335 ;;;***
8336 \f
8337 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
8338 ;;;;;; (18230 21282))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
8340
8341 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8342 Not documented
8343
8344 \(fn)" nil nil)
8345
8346 ;;;***
8347 \f
8348 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8349 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8350 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18195 4247))
8351 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8352
8353 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8354 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8355 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8356 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8357 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8358
8359 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8360 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8361 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8362 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8363
8364 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8365
8366 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8367 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8368 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8369 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8370
8371 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8372
8373 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8374 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8375 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8376 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8377
8378 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8379
8380 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8381
8382 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8383 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8384 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8385 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8386 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8387
8388 If you do this on a function definition
8389 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8390 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8391 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8392 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8393
8394 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8395 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8396 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8397 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8398 already is one.)
8399
8400 \(fn)" t nil)
8401
8402 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8403 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8404
8405 \(fn)" t nil)
8406
8407 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8408 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8409
8410 \(fn)" t nil)
8411
8412 ;;;***
8413 \f
8414 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8415 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
8416 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
8417 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
8418 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
8419 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
8420 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
8421 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
8422 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
8423 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18231 31060))
8424 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8425
8426 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8427 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8428
8429 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8430
8431 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8432 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8433
8434 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8435
8436 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8437
8438 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8439
8440 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8441 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8442 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8443 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8444
8445 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8446
8447 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8448 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8449
8450 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8451
8452 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8453
8454 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8455 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8456
8457 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8458
8459 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8460
8461 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8462 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8463 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8464 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8465
8466 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8467
8468 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8469
8470 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8471 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8472 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8473 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8474
8475 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8476
8477 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8478
8479 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8480 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8481 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8482 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8483
8484 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8485
8486 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8487
8488 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8489 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8490 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8491 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8492
8493 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8494
8495 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8496
8497 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8498 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8499 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8500 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8501 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8502 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8503
8504 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8505
8506 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8507 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8508 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8509 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8510
8511 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8512
8513 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8514
8515 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8516 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8517 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8518 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8519
8520 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8521
8522 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8523
8524 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8525
8526 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8527 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8528 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8529 follows:
8530 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8531 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8532
8533 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8534
8535 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8536 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8537 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8538 follows:
8539 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8540 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8541
8542 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8543
8544 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8545 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8546 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8547 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8548 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8549
8550 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8551
8552 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8553 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8554 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8555 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8556 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8557 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8558
8559 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8560
8561 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8562
8563 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8564 Merge two files without ancestor.
8565
8566 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8567
8568 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8569 Merge two files with ancestor.
8570
8571 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8572
8573 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8574
8575 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8576 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8577
8578 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8579
8580 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8581 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8582
8583 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8584
8585 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8587 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8588 buffer.
8589
8590 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8591
8592 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8594 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8595 buffer.
8596
8597 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8598
8599 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8600 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8601 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8602 and don't ask the user.
8603 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8604 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8605
8606 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8607
8608 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8610 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8611 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8612 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8613 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8614 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8615 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8616
8617 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8618
8619 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8620
8621 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8622
8623 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8624 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8625 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8626 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8627 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8628
8629 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8630
8631 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8632
8633 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8634 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8635 When called interactively, displays the version.
8636
8637 \(fn)" t nil)
8638
8639 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8640 Display Ediff's manual.
8641 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8642
8643 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8644
8645 ;;;***
8646 \f
8647 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8648 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8650
8651 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8652 Not documented
8653
8654 \(fn)" t nil)
8655
8656 ;;;***
8657 \f
8658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18231 31060))
8659 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8660
8661 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8662 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (featurep 'xemacs) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8663
8664 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep 'menubar) (progn (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8665
8666 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep 'menu-bar) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))))
8667
8668 ;;;***
8669 \f
8670 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8671 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8673
8674 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8675 Display Ediff's registry.
8676
8677 \(fn)" t nil)
8678
8679 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8680
8681 ;;;***
8682 \f
8683 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8684 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18231 31060))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8686
8687 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8688 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8689 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8690 which see.
8691
8692 \(fn)" t nil)
8693
8694 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8695 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8696 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8697 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8698
8699 \(fn)" t nil)
8700
8701 ;;;***
8702 \f
8703 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8704 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8705 ;;;;;; (18190 39674))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8707
8708 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8709 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8710 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8711
8712 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8713 Edit a keyboard macro.
8714 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8715 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8716 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8717 its command name.
8718 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8719
8720 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8721
8722 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8723 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8724
8725 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8726
8727 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8728 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8729
8730 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8731
8732 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8733 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8734 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8735 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8736 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8737 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8738
8739 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8740 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8741 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8742 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8743
8744 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8745
8746 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8747 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8748 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8749 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8750 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8751 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8752
8753 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8754
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8758 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18231 31065))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8760
8761 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8762 Set scroll margins.
8763 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8764 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8765
8766 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8767
8768 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8769 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8770
8771 \(fn)" t nil)
8772
8773 ;;;***
8774 \f
8775 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8776 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8778
8779 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8780 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8781 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8782 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8783 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8784 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8785 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8786
8787 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8788 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8789
8790 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8791 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8792 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8793 this value is non-nil.
8794
8795 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8796 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8797 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8798
8799 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8800 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8801 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8802
8803 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8804
8805 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8806 Not documented
8807
8808 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8809
8810 ;;;***
8811 \f
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8813 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18190 39681))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8815
8816 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8817 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8818
8819 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8820
8821 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8822 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8823 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8824 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8825 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8826 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8827 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8828
8829 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8830
8831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8832
8833 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8834 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8835
8836 \(fn)" t nil)
8837
8838 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8839 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8840 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8841 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8842 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8843 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8844 arg list.
8845
8846 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8847 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8848
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18177
8852 ;;;;;; 857))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8854
8855 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8856 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8857
8858 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8859 an elided material again.
8860
8861 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8862
8863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8864
8865 ;;;***
8866 \f
8867 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8868 ;;;;;; (18190 39681))
8869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8870
8871 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8872 Initialize elint.
8873
8874 \(fn)" t nil)
8875
8876 ;;;***
8877 \f
8878 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8879 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18231
8880 ;;;;;; 31065))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8882
8883 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8884 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8885 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8886
8887 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8888
8889 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8890 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8891 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8892
8893 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8894
8895 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8896 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8897 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8898
8899 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8900
8901 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8902
8903 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8904 Display current profiling results.
8905 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8906 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8907 displayed.
8908
8909 \(fn)" t nil)
8910
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8914 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8916
8917 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8918 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8919 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8920
8921 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8922
8923 ;;;***
8924 \f
8925 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8926 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8927 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8928 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8929 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18203 51788))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8931
8932 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8933 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8934 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8935 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8936 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8937 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8938 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8939 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8940 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8941 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8942 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8943 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8944 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8945 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8946 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8947 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8948
8949 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8950 Run Emerge on two files.
8951
8952 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8953
8954 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8955 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8956
8957 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8958
8959 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8960 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8961
8962 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8963
8964 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8965 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8966
8967 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8968
8969 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8970 Not documented
8971
8972 \(fn)" nil nil)
8973
8974 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8975 Not documented
8976
8977 \(fn)" nil nil)
8978
8979 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8980 Not documented
8981
8982 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8983
8984 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8985 Not documented
8986
8987 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8988
8989 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8990 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8991
8992 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8993
8994 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8995 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8996
8997 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8998
8999 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9000 Not documented
9001
9002 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9003
9004 ;;;***
9005 \f
9006 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9007 ;;;;;; (18203 51789))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9009
9010 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
9011 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9012
9013 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9014
9015 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9016
9017 ;;;***
9018 \f
9019 ;;;### (autoloads (encrypt-insert-file-contents encrypt-find-model)
9020 ;;;;;; "encrypt" "gnus/encrypt.el" (18230 21286))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/encrypt.el
9022
9023 (autoload 'encrypt-find-model "encrypt" "\
9024 Given a filename, find a encrypt-file-alist entry
9025
9026 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
9027
9028 (autoload 'encrypt-insert-file-contents "encrypt" "\
9029 Decrypt FILE into the current buffer.
9030
9031 \(fn FILE &optional MODEL)" t nil)
9032
9033 ;;;***
9034 \f
9035 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9036 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18177 875))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9038
9039 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9040 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9041 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9042 text/enriched format.
9043 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9044
9045 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9046 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9047
9048 Commands:
9049
9050 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9051
9052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9053
9054 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9055 Not documented
9056
9057 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9058
9059 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9060 Not documented
9061
9062 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9063
9064 ;;;***
9065 \f
9066 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9067 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18231 31065))
9068 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9069
9070 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9071 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9072
9073 \(fn)" nil nil)
9074
9075 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9076 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9077 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9078
9079 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9080
9081 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9082 (server (erc-compute-server))
9083 (port (erc-compute-port))
9084 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9085 password
9086 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9087
9088 That is, if called with
9089
9090 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9091
9092 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9093 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9094 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9095
9096 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9097
9098 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9099
9100 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9101 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9102 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9103 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9104
9105 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9106
9107 ;;;***
9108 \f
9109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18177
9110 ;;;;;; 858))
9111 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9112 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9113
9114 ;;;***
9115 \f
9116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18190 39682))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9118 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9119
9120 ;;;***
9121 \f
9122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18177 859))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9125
9126 ;;;***
9127 \f
9128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18231 31065))
9129 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9130 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9131
9132 ;;;***
9133 \f
9134 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9135 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18177 859))
9136 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9137
9138 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9139 Parser for /dcc command.
9140 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9141 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9142 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9143
9144 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9145
9146 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9147 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9148
9149 \(fn)" nil nil)
9150
9151 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9152 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9153
9154 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9155 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9156 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9157 that subcommand.
9158
9159 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9160
9161 ;;;***
9162 \f
9163 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9164 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9165 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9166 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9167 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9169
9170 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9171 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9172
9173 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9174
9175 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9176 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9177 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9178 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9179
9180 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9181
9182 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9183 Not documented
9184
9185 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9186
9187 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9188 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9189
9190 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9191
9192 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9193 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9194
9195 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9196
9197 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9198 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9199
9200 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9201
9202 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9203 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9204
9205 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9206
9207 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9208 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9209
9210 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9211
9212 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9213 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9214
9215 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9216
9217 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9218 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9219
9220 \(fn)" nil nil)
9221
9222 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9223 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9224
9225 \(fn)" nil nil)
9226
9227 ;;;***
9228 \f
9229 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18177
9230 ;;;;;; 859))
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9232 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9233
9234 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9235 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9236 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9237
9238 \(fn)" nil nil)
9239
9240 ;;;***
9241 \f
9242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18177
9243 ;;;;;; 859))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9245 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9246
9247 ;;;***
9248 \f
9249 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9250 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18190 39682))
9251 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9252 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9253
9254 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9255 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9256 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9257 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9258 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9259 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9260 system.
9261
9262 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9263
9264 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9265 Not documented
9266
9267 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9268
9269 ;;;***
9270 \f
9271 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9272 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9274
9275 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9276 Not documented
9277
9278 \(fn)" nil nil)
9279
9280 ;;;***
9281 \f
9282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18177 859))
9283 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9284 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9285
9286 ;;;***
9287 \f
9288 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9289 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18231 31065))
9290 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9291 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9292
9293 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9294 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9295 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9296 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9297 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9298 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9299
9300 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9301
9302 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9303 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9304 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9305 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9306
9307 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9308 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9309 automatically.
9310
9311 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9312 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9313
9314 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9315
9316 ;;;***
9317 \f
9318 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9319 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9320 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9321 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9322 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9323 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9324
9325 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9326 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9327
9328 \(fn)" t nil)
9329
9330 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9331 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9332
9333 \(fn)" t nil)
9334
9335 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9336 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9337
9338 \(fn)" t nil)
9339
9340 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9341 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9342
9343 \(fn)" t nil)
9344
9345 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9346 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9347
9348 \(fn)" t nil)
9349
9350 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9351 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9352
9353 \(fn)" t nil)
9354
9355 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9356 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9357
9358 \(fn)" t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9361 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9362
9363 \(fn)" t nil)
9364
9365 ;;;***
9366 \f
9367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18177 859))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9370
9371 ;;;***
9372 \f
9373 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9374 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9376 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9377
9378 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9379 Show who's gone.
9380
9381 \(fn)" nil nil)
9382
9383 ;;;***
9384 \f
9385 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9386 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18177 859))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9388
9389 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9390 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9391 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9392 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9393
9394 \(fn)" nil nil)
9395
9396 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9397 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9398
9399 \(fn)" t nil)
9400
9401 ;;;***
9402 \f
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9404 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18177 859))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9406 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9407
9408 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9409 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9410 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9411 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9412
9413 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9414
9415 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9416 Not documented
9417
9418 \(fn)" nil nil)
9419
9420 ;;;***
9421 \f
9422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18177 859))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9425
9426 ;;;***
9427 \f
9428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18177
9429 ;;;;;; 859))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9431 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9432
9433 ;;;***
9434 \f
9435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18177 859))
9436 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9437 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9438
9439 ;;;***
9440 \f
9441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18177 859))
9442 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9443 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9444
9445 ;;;***
9446 \f
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9448 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18177 859))
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9450 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9451
9452 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9453 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9454
9455 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9456
9457 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9458 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9459 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9460
9461 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9462
9463 ;;;***
9464 \f
9465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18190 39682))
9466 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9467 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9468
9469 ;;;***
9470 \f
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9472 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9474
9475 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9476 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9477 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9478
9479 \(fn)" t nil)
9480
9481 ;;;***
9482 \f
9483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18177
9484 ;;;;;; 859))
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9486 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9487
9488 ;;;***
9489 \f
9490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18231 31065))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9492 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9493
9494 ;;;***
9495 \f
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9497 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9499
9500 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9501 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9502 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9503
9504 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9505
9506 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9507 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9508 mode line.
9509
9510 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9511 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9512 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9513
9514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9515 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9516
9517 ;;;***
9518 \f
9519 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9520 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18177 859))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9522 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9523
9524 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9525 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9526 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9527 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9528
9529 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9530
9531 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9532 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9533 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9534
9535 \(fn)" t nil)
9536
9537 ;;;***
9538 \f
9539 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9540 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9541 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9542
9543 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9544 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9545
9546 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9547
9548 ;;;***
9549 \f
9550 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18231
9551 ;;;;;; 31065))
9552 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9553
9554 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9555 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9556
9557 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9558
9559 \(fn)" nil nil)
9560
9561 ;;;***
9562 \f
9563 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18177
9564 ;;;;;; 859))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9566
9567 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9568 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9569
9570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9571
9572 ;;;***
9573 \f
9574 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9575 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (18177 859))
9576 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9577
9578 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9579 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9580 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9581 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9582 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9583 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9584 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9585 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9586 buffer selected (or created).
9587
9588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9589
9590 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9591 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9592 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9593
9594 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9595
9596 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9597 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9598 The result might be any Lisp object.
9599 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9600 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9601 corresponding to a successful execution.
9602
9603 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9604
9605 (autoload 'eshell-report-bug "eshell" "\
9606 Report a bug in Eshell.
9607 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9608 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9609
9610 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9611
9612 ;;;***
9613 \f
9614 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9615 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9616 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9617 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9618 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9619 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9620 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9621 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
9622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9623
9624 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9625 *File name of tags table.
9626 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9627 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9628 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9629 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9630
9631 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9632 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9633 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9634 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9635
9636 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9637
9638 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9639 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9640 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9641 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9642 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9643 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9644
9645 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9646
9647 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9648 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9649 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9650 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9651 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9652 `auto-compression-mode').")
9653
9654 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9655
9656 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9657 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9658 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9659 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9660 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9661
9662 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9663
9664 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9665 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9666 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9667 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9668
9669 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9670
9671 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9672 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9673 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9674 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9675 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9676
9677 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9678
9679 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9680 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9681
9682 \(fn)" t nil)
9683
9684 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9685 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9686 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9687 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9688
9689 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9690 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9691 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9692 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9693 file the tag was in.
9694
9695 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9696
9697 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9698 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9699 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9700 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9701 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9702 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9703 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9704 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9705 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9706
9707 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9708
9709 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9710 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9711 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9712 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9713 without directory names.
9714
9715 \(fn)" nil nil)
9716
9717 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9718 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9719 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9720 but does not select the buffer.
9721 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9722
9723 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9724 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9725 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9726 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9727 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9728
9729 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9730
9731 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9732 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9733 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9734
9735 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9736
9737 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9738
9739 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9740 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9741 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9742 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9743
9744 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9745 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9746 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9747 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9748 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9749
9750 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9751
9752 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9753 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9754 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9755
9756 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9757
9758 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9759 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9760
9761 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9762 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9763 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9764 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9765 around or before point.
9766
9767 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9768 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9769 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9770 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9771 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9772
9773 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9774
9775 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9776 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9777 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9778
9779 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9780
9781 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9782 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9783
9784 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9785 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9786 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9787 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9788 around or before point.
9789
9790 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9791 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9792 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9793 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9794 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9795
9796 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9797
9798 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9799 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9800 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9801
9802 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9803
9804 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9805 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9806
9807 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9808 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9809 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9810
9811 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9812 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9813 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9814 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9815 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9816
9817 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9818
9819 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9820 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9821 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9822
9823 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9824
9825 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9826 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9827 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9828
9829 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9830 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9831
9832 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9833 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9834 where they were found.
9835
9836 \(fn)" t nil)
9837
9838 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9839 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9840
9841 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9842 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9843 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9844
9845 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9846 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9847
9848 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9849 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9850
9851 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9852
9853 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9854 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9855 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9856 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9857
9858 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9859 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9860 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9861 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9862 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9863
9864 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9865 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9866
9867 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9868 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9869 Stops when a match is found.
9870 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9871
9872 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9873
9874 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9875
9876 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9877 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9878 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9879 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9880 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9881
9882 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9883
9884 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9885
9886 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9887 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9888 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9889 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9890 directory specification.
9891
9892 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9893
9894 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9895 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9896
9897 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9898
9899 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9900 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9901 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9902 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9903
9904 \(fn)" t nil)
9905
9906 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9907 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9908 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9909 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9910 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9911
9912 \(fn)" t nil)
9913
9914 ;;;***
9915 \f
9916 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9917 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9918 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9919 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9920 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9921 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9922 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9923 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
9924 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9925
9926 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9927 Not documented
9928
9929 \(fn)" nil nil)
9930
9931 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9932 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9933
9934 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9935 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9936
9937 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9938 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9939 primary language.
9940
9941 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9942 even if the buffer is read-only.
9943
9944 See also the descriptions of the variables
9945 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9946
9947 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9948
9949 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9950 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9951
9952 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9953 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9954
9955 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9956 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9957 primary language.
9958
9959 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9960 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9961
9962 See also the descriptions of the variables
9963 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9964
9965 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9966
9967 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9968 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9969 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9970 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9971
9972 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9973
9974 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9975 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9976 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9977 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9978
9979 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9980 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9981 primary language.
9982
9983 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9984 buffer is read-only.
9985
9986 See also the descriptions of the variables
9987 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9988 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9989
9990 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9993 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9994
9995 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9996 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9997
9998 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9999 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
10000 the primary language.
10001
10002 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10003 buffer is read-only.
10004
10005 See also the descriptions of the variables
10006 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10007 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10008
10009 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10010
10011 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
10012 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10013 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10014
10015 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10016
10017 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
10018 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10019
10020 \(fn)" t nil)
10021
10022 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10023 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10024
10025 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10026 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
10027 be 1, 2, or 3.
10028
10029 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10030 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10031 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10032
10033 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
10034
10035 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10036
10037 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10038 This function is deprecated.
10039
10040 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10041
10042 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10043 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10044
10045 \(fn)" t nil)
10046
10047 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10048 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10049
10050 \(fn)" t nil)
10051
10052 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10053 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10054
10055 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10056 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10057
10058 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10059 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10060
10061 \(fn)" nil nil)
10062
10063 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10064 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10065
10066 \(fn)" nil nil)
10067
10068 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10069 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10070
10071 \(fn)" nil nil)
10072
10073 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10074 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10075
10076 \(fn)" nil nil)
10077
10078 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10079 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10080 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10081
10082 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10083
10084 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10085 Not documented
10086
10087 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
10088
10089 ;;;***
10090 \f
10091 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10092 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10093 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
10094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10095
10096 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10097 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10098 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10099 server for future sessions.
10100
10101 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10102
10103 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10104 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10105 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10106
10107 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10108
10109 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10110 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10111 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10112
10113 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10114
10115 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10116 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10117 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10118 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10119 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10120 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10121 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10122 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10123 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10124 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10125 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10126 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10127
10128 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10129
10130 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10131 Display a form to query the directory server.
10132 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10133 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10134
10135 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10136
10137 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10138 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10139 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10140
10141 \(fn)" t nil)
10142
10143 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] '("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] '("Get Email" . eudc-get-email)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] '("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] '("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] '("New Server" . eudc-set-server)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] '("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10144
10145 ;;;***
10146 \f
10147 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10148 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10149 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18213 1258))
10150 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10151
10152 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10153 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10154
10155 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10156
10157 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10158 Display URL and make it clickable.
10159
10160 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10161
10162 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10163 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10164
10165 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10166
10167 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10168 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10169
10170 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10171
10172 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10173 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10174
10175 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10176
10177 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10178 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10179
10180 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10181
10182 ;;;***
10183 \f
10184 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10185 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18177 869))
10186 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10187
10188 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10189 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10190 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10191
10192 \(fn)" t nil)
10193
10194 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10195 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10196
10197 \(fn)" t nil)
10198
10199 ;;;***
10200 \f
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10202 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
10203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10204
10205 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10206 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10207
10208 \(fn)" t nil)
10209
10210 ;;;***
10211 \f
10212 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18177
10213 ;;;;;; 857))
10214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10215
10216 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10217 Create an empty ewoc.
10218
10219 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10220
10221 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10222 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10223 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10224 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10225 `insert-before-markers'.
10226
10227 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10228 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10229 respectively, of the ewoc.
10230
10231 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10232 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10233 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10234
10235 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10236
10237 ;;;***
10238 \f
10239 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10240 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10241 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10242 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
10243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10244
10245 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10246 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10247 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10248
10249 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10250
10251 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10252 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10253 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10254 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10255 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10256
10257 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10258
10259 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10260 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10261 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10262 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10263 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10264 executable.
10265
10266 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10267
10268 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10269 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10270 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10271
10272 \(fn)" t nil)
10273
10274 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10275 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10276 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10277 file modes.
10278
10279 \(fn)" nil nil)
10280
10281 ;;;***
10282 \f
10283 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10284 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10285 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
10286 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10287
10288 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10289 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10290 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10291 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10292
10293 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10294
10295 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10296 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10297 to generate such functions.
10298
10299 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10300 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10301 beginning of the expanded text.
10302
10303 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10304 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10305 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10306 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10307
10308 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10309
10310 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10311
10312 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10313 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10314 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10315
10316 \(fn)" nil nil)
10317
10318 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10319 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10320 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10321
10322 \(fn)" t nil)
10323
10324 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10325 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10326 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10327
10328 \(fn)" t nil)
10329 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10330 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10331
10332 ;;;***
10333 \f
10334 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18231 31069))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10336
10337 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10338 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10339 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10340
10341 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10342 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10343 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10344
10345 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10346
10347 Key definitions:
10348 \\{f90-mode-map}
10349
10350 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10351
10352 `f90-do-indent'
10353 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10354 `f90-if-indent'
10355 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10356 `f90-type-indent'
10357 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10358 `f90-program-indent'
10359 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10360 (default 2).
10361 `f90-continuation-indent'
10362 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10363 `f90-comment-region'
10364 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10365 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10366 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10367 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10368 (default \"!\").
10369 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10370 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10371 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10372 `f90-break-delimiters'
10373 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10374 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10375 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10376 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10377 (default t).
10378 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10379 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10380 `f90-smart-end'
10381 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10382 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10383 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10384 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10385 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10386 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10387 `f90-leave-line-no'
10388 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10389
10390 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10391 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10392
10393 \(fn)" t nil)
10394
10395 ;;;***
10396 \f
10397 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10398 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10399 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10400 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10401 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18231 31060))
10402 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10403 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10404 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10405
10406 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-face)) map) "\
10407 Menu keymap for faces.")
10408
10409 (defalias 'facemenu-face-menu facemenu-face-menu)
10410
10411 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-foreground)) map) "\
10412 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10413
10414 (defalias 'facemenu-foreground-menu facemenu-foreground-menu)
10415
10416 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-background)) map) "\
10417 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10418
10419 (defalias 'facemenu-background-menu facemenu-background-menu)
10420
10421 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") 'facemenu-remove-special)) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") 'facemenu-set-intangible)) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") 'facemenu-set-invisible)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") 'facemenu-set-read-only)) map) "\
10422 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10423
10424 (defalias 'facemenu-special-menu facemenu-special-menu)
10425
10426 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") 'set-justification-center)) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") 'set-justification-full)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") 'set-justification-right)) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") 'set-justification-left)) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") 'set-justification-none)) map) "\
10427 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10428
10429 (defalias 'facemenu-justification-menu facemenu-justification-menu)
10430
10431 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") 'decrease-right-margin)) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") 'increase-right-margin)) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") 'decrease-left-margin)) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") 'increase-left-margin)) map) "\
10432 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10433
10434 (defalias 'facemenu-indentation-menu facemenu-indentation-menu)
10435
10436 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10437 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10438
10439 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10440
10441 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") 'list-colors-display)) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") 'list-faces-display)) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") 'describe-text-properties)) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") 'facemenu-remove-all)) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") 'facemenu-remove-face-props)) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10442
10443 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") 'facemenu-indentation-menu)) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") 'facemenu-justification-menu)) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") 'facemenu-special-menu)) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") 'facemenu-background-menu)) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") 'facemenu-foreground-menu)) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") 'facemenu-face-menu)))
10444
10445 (defalias 'facemenu-menu facemenu-menu)
10446
10447 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
10448 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10449
10450 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10451 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10452 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10453 to the faces to use for the next character
10454 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10455 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10456
10457 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10458 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10459 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10460 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10461 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10462 preceding faces (including FACE).
10463
10464 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10465 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10466
10467 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10468
10469 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
10470 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10471 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10472
10473 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10474 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10475 requested face.
10476
10477 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10478 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10479 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10480
10481 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10482
10483 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
10484 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10485 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10486
10487 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10488 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10489 requested face.
10490
10491 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10492 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10493 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10494
10495 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10496
10497 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
10498 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10499 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10500 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10501 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10502 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10503 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10504
10505 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10506 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10507 requested face.
10508
10509 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10510 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10511 to insert cancels the specification.
10512
10513 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10514
10515 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
10516 Make the region invisible.
10517 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10518 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10519
10520 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10521
10522 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
10523 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10524 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10525 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10526
10527 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10528
10529 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
10530 Make the region unmodifiable.
10531 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10532 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10533
10534 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10535
10536 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-face-props "facemenu" "\
10537 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10538
10539 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10540
10541 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-all "facemenu" "\
10542 Remove all text properties from the region.
10543
10544 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10545
10546 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
10547 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10548 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10549
10550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10551
10552 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
10553 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10554
10555 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10556
10557 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
10558 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10559 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10560 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10561 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10562 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10563
10564 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10565
10566 ;;;***
10567 \f
10568 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10569 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (18213 1259))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10571
10572 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
10573 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10574 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10575 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10576
10577 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10578
10579 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10580 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10581 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10582
10583 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10584 - When you save the file's buffer.
10585 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10586 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10587 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10588 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10589
10590 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10591
10592 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10593 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10594 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10595 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10596
10597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10598
10599 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
10600 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10601
10602 \(fn)" nil nil)
10603
10604 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
10605
10606 ;;;***
10607 \f
10608 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10609 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10610 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18194 36639))
10611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10612
10613 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10614 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10615 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10616 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10617
10618 \(fn)" nil nil)
10619
10620 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10621 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10622
10623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10624
10625 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10626 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10627 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10628 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10629
10630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10631
10632 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10633 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10634 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10635 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10636 backup file names and the like).
10637
10638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10639
10640 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10641 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10642 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10643 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10644 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10645 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10646 internally by feedmail):
10647
10648 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10649 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10650 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10651 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10652
10653 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10654 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10655 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10656 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10657 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10658
10659 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10660
10661 ;;;***
10662 \f
10663 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10664 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18190 39674))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10666
10667 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10668 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10669 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10670 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10671 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10672 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10673 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10674
10675 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10676
10677 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10678 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10679 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10680 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10681 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10682 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10683 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10684
10685 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10686
10687 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10688
10689 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10690 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10691 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10692 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10693 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10694 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10695
10696 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10697
10698 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10699 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10700 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10701 Return value:
10702 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10703 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10704 * otherwise, nil
10705
10706 \(fn E)" t nil)
10707
10708 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10709 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10710
10711 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10712
10713 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10714 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10715
10716 \(fn)" t nil)
10717
10718 ;;;***
10719 \f
10720 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10721 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10722 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10723 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18190 39674))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10725
10726 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10727 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10728 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10729 be added to the cache.
10730
10731 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10732
10733 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10734 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10735 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10736 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10737 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10738
10739 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10740
10741 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10742 Add FILE to the file cache.
10743
10744 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10745
10746 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10747 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10748 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10749
10750 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10751
10752 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10753 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10754 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10755
10756 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10757
10758 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10759 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10760 This function does not use any external programs
10761 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10762 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10763 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10764
10765 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10766
10767 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10768 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10769 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10770 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10771 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10772 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10773 \(directories) is done.
10774
10775 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10776 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10777 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10778 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10779
10780 ;;;***
10781 \f
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18203
10783 ;;;;;; 51788))
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10785
10786 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10787 Filesets initialization.
10788 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10789
10790 \(fn)" nil nil)
10791
10792 ;;;***
10793 \f
10794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18213 1260))
10795 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10796 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10797
10798 ;;;***
10799 \f
10800 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10801 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10802 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
10803 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10804
10805 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10806 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10807 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10808 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10809 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10810
10811 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10812
10813 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10814 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10815 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10816 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10817 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10818
10819 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10820
10821 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10822 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10823 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10824 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10825
10826 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10827
10828 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10829 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10830 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10831
10832 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10833
10834 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10835 as the final argument.
10836
10837 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10838
10839 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10840 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10841 and run dired on those files.
10842 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10843 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10844
10845 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10846
10847 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10848
10849 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10850 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10851 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10852
10853 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10854
10855 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10856
10857 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10858
10859 ;;;***
10860 \f
10861 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10862 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10863 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
10864 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10865
10866 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10867 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10868 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10869 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10870 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10871 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10872 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10873
10874 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10875 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10876 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10877
10878 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10879
10880 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10881
10882 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10883
10884 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10885 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10886 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10887
10888 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10889 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10890
10891 Variables of interest include:
10892
10893 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10894 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10895 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10896
10897 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10898 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10899 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10900
10901 - `ff-ignore-include'
10902 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10903
10904 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10905 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10906
10907 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10908 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10909
10910 - `ff-special-constructs'
10911 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10912 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10913 extracting the filename from that construct.
10914
10915 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10916 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10917
10918 - `ff-search-directories'
10919 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10920 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10921
10922 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10923 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10924
10925 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10926 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10927
10928 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10929 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10930
10931 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10932 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10933
10934 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10935 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10936
10937 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10938
10939 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10940 Visit the file you click on.
10941
10942 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10943
10944 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10945 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10946
10947 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10948
10949 ;;;***
10950 \f
10951 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10952 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10953 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10954 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10955 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10956 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10957 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18231 31065))
10958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10959
10960 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10961 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10962
10963 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10964
10965 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10966 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10967 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10968 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10969
10970 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10971 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10972 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10973 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10974
10975 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10976
10977 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10978 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10979
10980 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10981 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10982 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10983 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10984
10985 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10986 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10987 in `load-path'.
10988
10989 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10990
10991 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10992 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10993
10994 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10995 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10996 places point before the definition.
10997 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10998
10999 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11000 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11001 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11002
11003 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11004
11005 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
11006 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11007
11008 See `find-function' for more details.
11009
11010 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11011
11012 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
11013 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11014
11015 See `find-function' for more details.
11016
11017 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11018
11019 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
11020 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11021
11022 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11023 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11024 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11025
11026 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11027 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11028
11029 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11030
11031 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
11032 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11033
11034 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11035 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11036 places point before the definition.
11037
11038 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11039
11040 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11041 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11042 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11043
11044 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11045
11046 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11047 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11048
11049 See `find-variable' for more details.
11050
11051 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11052
11053 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11054 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11055
11056 See `find-variable' for more details.
11057
11058 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11059
11060 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11061 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11062 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11063 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11064 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11065 buffer nor display it.
11066
11067 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11068 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11069
11070 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11071
11072 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11073 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11074
11075 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11076 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11077 places point before the definition.
11078
11079 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11080
11081 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11082 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11083 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11084
11085 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11086
11087 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11088 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11089 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11090
11091 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11092
11093 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11094 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11095
11096 \(fn)" t nil)
11097
11098 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11099 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11100
11101 \(fn)" t nil)
11102
11103 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11104 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11105
11106 \(fn)" nil nil)
11107
11108 ;;;***
11109 \f
11110 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11111 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18190 39675))
11112 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11113
11114 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11115 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11116
11117 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11118
11119 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11120 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11121
11122 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11123
11124 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11125 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11126
11127 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11128
11129 ;;;***
11130 \f
11131 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11132 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18190 39675))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11134
11135 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11136 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11137
11138 \(fn)" t nil)
11139
11140 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11141 Display FILE's commentary section.
11142 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11143
11144 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11145
11146 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11147 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11148
11149 \(fn)" t nil)
11150
11151 ;;;***
11152 \f
11153 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11154 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18177 860))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11156
11157 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11158 Toggle flow control handling.
11159 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11160 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11161
11162 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11163
11164 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11165 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11166 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11167 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11168 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11169 to get the effect of a C-q.
11170
11171 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11172
11173 ;;;***
11174 \f
11175 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11176 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
11177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11178
11179 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11180 Not documented
11181
11182 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11183
11184 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11185 Not documented
11186
11187 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11188
11189 ;;;***
11190 \f
11191 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11192 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18177 872))
11193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11194
11195 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11196 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11197 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11198 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11199
11200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11201
11202 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11203 Turn flymake mode on.
11204
11205 \(fn)" nil nil)
11206
11207 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11208 Turn flymake mode off.
11209
11210 \(fn)" nil nil)
11211
11212 ;;;***
11213 \f
11214 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11215 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11216 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18231 31070))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11218
11219 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11220 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11221
11222 \(fn)" t nil)
11223 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11224
11225 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11226 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11227 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11228 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11229 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11230 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11231 otherwise turn it off.
11232
11233 Bindings:
11234 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11235 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11236 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11237 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11238
11239 Hooks:
11240 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11241
11242 Remark:
11243 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11244 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11245 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11246
11247 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11248 consider adding:
11249 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11250 in your .emacs file.
11251
11252 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11253 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11254
11255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11256
11257 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11258 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11259
11260 \(fn)" nil nil)
11261
11262 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11263 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11264
11265 \(fn)" nil nil)
11266
11267 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11268 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11269
11270 \(fn)" nil nil)
11271
11272 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11273 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11274
11275 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11276
11277 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11278 Flyspell whole buffer.
11279
11280 \(fn)" t nil)
11281
11282 ;;;***
11283 \f
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11285 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11286 ;;;;;; (18231 31061))
11287 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11288
11289 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11290 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11291
11292 \(fn)" nil nil)
11293
11294 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11295 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11296
11297 \(fn)" nil nil)
11298
11299 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11300 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11301
11302 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11303 of two major techniques:
11304
11305 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11306 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11307 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11308
11309 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11310 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11311 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11312 movement commands.
11313
11314 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11315 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11316 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11317 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11318 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11319 mileage may vary).
11320
11321 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11322 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11323
11324 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11325
11326 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11327 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11328 \(This is the default.)
11329
11330 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11331
11332 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11333 \\{follow-mode-map}
11334
11335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11336
11337 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11338 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11339
11340 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11341 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11342 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11343 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11344 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11345 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11346
11347 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11348 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11349 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11350
11351 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11352 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11353 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11354
11355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11356
11357 ;;;***
11358 \f
11359 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18231
11360 ;;;;;; 31069))
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11362
11363 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11364 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11365 \\<message-mode-map>
11366 key binding
11367 --- -------
11368
11369 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11370 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11371 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11372 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11373 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11374 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11375
11376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11377
11378 ;;;***
11379 \f
11380 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11381 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18177 860))
11382 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11383
11384 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11385 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11386
11387 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11388 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11389 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11390 C-c < forms-first-record <
11391 C-c > forms-last-record >
11392 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11393 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11394 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11395 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11396 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11397 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11398 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11399 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11400 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11401 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11402
11403 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11404
11405 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11406 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11407
11408 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11409
11410 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11411 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11412
11413 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11414
11415 ;;;***
11416 \f
11417 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11418 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
11419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11420
11421 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11422 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11423 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11424
11425 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11426 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11427
11428 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11429
11430 Key definitions:
11431 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11432
11433 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11434
11435 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11436 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11437 `fortran-do-indent'
11438 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11439 `fortran-if-indent'
11440 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11441 `fortran-structure-indent'
11442 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11443 (default 3)
11444 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11445 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11446 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11447 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11448 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11449 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11450 nil don't change the indentation
11451 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11452 value of either
11453 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11454 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11455 depending on the continuation format in use.
11456 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11457 indentation for a line of code.
11458 (default 'fixed)
11459 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11460 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11461 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11462 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11463 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11464 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11465 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11466 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11467 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11468 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11469 column 5.
11470 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11471 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11472 statements (default nil).
11473 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11474 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11475 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11476 `fortran-continuation-string'
11477 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11478 line (default \"$\").
11479 `fortran-comment-region'
11480 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11481 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11482 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11483 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11484 as typed (default t).
11485 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11486 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11487
11488 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11489 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11490
11491 \(fn)" t nil)
11492
11493 ;;;***
11494 \f
11495 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11496 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18177 871))
11497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11498
11499 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11500 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11501
11502 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11503 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11504
11505 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11506
11507 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11508 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11509
11510 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11511 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11512
11513 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11514
11515 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11516 Compile fortune file.
11517
11518 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11519 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11520
11521 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11522
11523 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11524 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11525
11526 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11527 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11528 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11529 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11530
11531 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11532
11533 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11534 Display a fortune cookie.
11535
11536 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11537 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11538 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11539 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11540
11541 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11542
11543 ;;;***
11544 \f
11545 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11546 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11548
11549 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11550 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11551 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11552 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11553
11554
11555 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11556 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11557 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11558 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11559
11560 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11561 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11562 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11563 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11564 some of the buffers.
11565
11566 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11567
11568 The following commands help control operation :
11569
11570 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11571 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11572
11573 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11574 detailed description of this mode.
11575
11576
11577 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11578 | GDB Toolbar |
11579 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11580 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11581 | | |
11582 | | |
11583 | | |
11584 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11585 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11586 | | (comint-mode) |
11587 | | |
11588 | | |
11589 | | |
11590 | | |
11591 | | |
11592 | | |
11593 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11594 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11595 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11596 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11597 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11598 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11599
11600 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11601 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11602 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11603 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11604 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11605 session.
11606
11607 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11608
11609 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11610 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11611
11612 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11613
11614 ;;;***
11615 \f
11616 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11617 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18190
11618 ;;;;;; 39682))
11619 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11620
11621 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11622 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11623 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11624 instead (which see).")
11625
11626 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11627 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11628
11629 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11630 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11631 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11632 documentation string instead.
11633
11634 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11635 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11636 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11637 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11638 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11639 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11640 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11641 enders are actually possible.
11642
11643 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11644 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11645
11646 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11647 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11648 `font-lock-keywords'.
11649
11650 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11651 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11652 runs the macro expansion.
11653
11654 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11655 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11656 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11657
11658 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11659
11660 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11661
11662 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11663 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11664
11665 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11666
11667 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11668 Enter generic mode MODE.
11669
11670 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11671 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11672 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11673
11674 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11675 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11676
11677 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11678
11679 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11680 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11681 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11682 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11683 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11684 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11685 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11686 `font-lock-keywords'.
11687
11688 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11689
11690 ;;;***
11691 \f
11692 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11693 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
11694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11695
11696 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11697 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11698 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11699 at places they belong to.
11700
11701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11702
11703 ;;;***
11704 \f
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11706 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11707 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
11708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11709
11710 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11711 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11712 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11713
11714 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11715
11716 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11717 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11718
11719 Guideline for numbers:
11720 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11721 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11722 inside loops.
11723
11724 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11725
11726 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11727 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11728 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11729
11730 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11731
11732 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11733 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11734
11735 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11736
11737 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11738 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11739
11740 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11741 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11742 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11743 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11744 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11745 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11746
11747 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11748 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11749 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11750 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11751 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11752
11753 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11754
11755 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11756
11757 ;;;***
11758 \f
11759 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11760 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18231 31066))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11762 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11763 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11764
11765 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11766 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11767
11768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11769
11770 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11771 Read network news.
11772 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11773 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11774 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11775 name of an NNTP server to use.
11776 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11777 server.
11778
11779 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11780
11781 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11782 Read news as a slave.
11783
11784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11785
11786 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11787 Pop up a frame to read news.
11788 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11789 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11790 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11791 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11792 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11793 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11794 current display is used.
11795
11796 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11799 Read network news.
11800 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11801 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11802 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11803
11804 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11805
11806 ;;;***
11807 \f
11808 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11809 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11810 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11811 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11812 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11813 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18231 31065))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11815
11816 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11817 Start Gnus unplugged.
11818
11819 \(fn)" t nil)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Start Gnus plugged.
11823
11824 \(fn)" t nil)
11825
11826 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11827 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11828
11829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11830
11831 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11832 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11833
11834 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11835 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11836 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11837
11838 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11839 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11840 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11841
11842 \(fn)" t nil)
11843
11844 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11845 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11846
11847 \(fn)" nil nil)
11848
11849 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11850 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11851 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11852 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11853 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11854 supported.
11855
11856 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11857
11858 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11859 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11860 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11861 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11862 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11863 supported.
11864
11865 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11866
11867 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11868 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11869
11870 \(fn)" nil nil)
11871
11872 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11873 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11874 downloaded into the agent.
11875
11876 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11877
11878 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11879 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11880 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11881 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11882
11883 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11884
11885 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11886 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11887
11888 \(fn)" t nil)
11889
11890 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11891 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11892
11893 \(fn)" t nil)
11894
11895 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11896 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11897 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11898
11899 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11900
11901 ;;;***
11902 \f
11903 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11904 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
11905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11906
11907 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11908 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11909
11910 \(fn)" nil nil)
11911
11912 ;;;***
11913 \f
11914 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11915 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
11916 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11917
11918 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11919 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11920
11921 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11922
11923 ;;;***
11924 \f
11925 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11926 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18230 21278))
11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11928
11929 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11930 Set a bookmark for this article.
11931
11932 \(fn)" t nil)
11933
11934 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11935 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11936
11937 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11938
11939 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11940 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11941 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11942 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11943 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11944
11945 \(fn)" t nil)
11946
11947 ;;;***
11948 \f
11949 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11950 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11951 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18231
11952 ;;;;;; 31065))
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11954
11955 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11956 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11957
11958 Usage:
11959 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11960
11961 \(fn)" t nil)
11962
11963 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11964 Generate the cache active file.
11965
11966 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11967
11968 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11969 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11970
11971 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11972
11973 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11974 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11975 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11976 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11977 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11978 supported.
11979
11980 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11981
11982 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11983 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11984 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11985 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11986 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11987 supported.
11988
11989 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11990
11991 ;;;***
11992 \f
11993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11994 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18231 31065))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11996
11997 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11998 Delay this article by some time.
11999 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12000
12001 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12002 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12003
12004 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12005 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12006
12007 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12008 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12009
12010 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12013 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12014
12015 \(fn)" t nil)
12016
12017 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12018 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12019 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12020 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12021
12022 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12023 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12024
12025 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12026
12027 ;;;***
12028 \f
12029 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12030 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18231 31065))
12031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12032
12033 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12034 Not documented
12035
12036 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12037
12038 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12039 Not documented
12040
12041 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12042
12043 ;;;***
12044 \f
12045 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12046 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12048
12049 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12050 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12051
12052 \(fn)" nil nil)
12053
12054 ;;;***
12055 \f
12056 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12057 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12059
12060 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12061 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12062
12063 \(fn)" t nil)
12064
12065 ;;;***
12066 \f
12067 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12068 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12069 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18231
12070 ;;;;;; 31065))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12072
12073 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12074 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12075
12076 \(fn)" t nil)
12077
12078 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12079 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12080
12081 \(fn)" t nil)
12082
12083 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12084 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12085
12086 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12087 different input formats.
12088
12089 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12090
12091 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12092 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12093
12094 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12095 different input formats.
12096
12097 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12098
12099 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12100 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12101 The PNG is returned as a string.
12102
12103 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12104
12105 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12106 Convert FILE to a Face.
12107 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12108 726 bytes.
12109
12110 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12111
12112 ;;;***
12113 \f
12114 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12115 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18231 31065))
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12117
12118 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12119 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12120 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12121 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12122
12123 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12124
12125 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12126 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12127
12128 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12129
12130 ;;;***
12131 \f
12132 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12133 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12135
12136 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12137
12138 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12139 Run batched scoring.
12140 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12141
12142 \(fn)" t nil)
12143
12144 ;;;***
12145 \f
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12147 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12148 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12150
12151 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12152 Not documented
12153
12154 \(fn)" nil nil)
12155
12156 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12157 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12158 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12159
12160 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12161
12162 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12163 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12164
12165 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12166
12167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12168
12169 ;;;***
12170 \f
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12172 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12173 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12174 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12175
12176 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12177 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12178 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12179 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12180 group parameters.
12181
12182 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12183 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12184 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12185 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12186
12187 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12188 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12189 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12190 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12191 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12192 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12193 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12194 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12195 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12196 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12197
12198 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12199
12200 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12201 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12202 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12203 nil CATCH-ALL).
12204
12205 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12206 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12207
12208 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12209
12210 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12211 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12212 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12213
12214 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12215
12216 \(fn)" nil nil)
12217
12218 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12219 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12220 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12221
12222 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12223
12224 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12225 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12226 existing groups are considered.
12227
12228 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12229 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12230 returned.
12231
12232 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12233 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12234 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12235 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12236 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12237 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12238 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12239 clauses will be generated.
12240
12241 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12242 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12243 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12244 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12245 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12246 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12247
12248 For example, given the following group parameters:
12249
12250 nnml:mail.bar:
12251 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12252 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12253 nnml:mail.foo:
12254 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12255 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12256 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12257 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12258 nnml:mail.others:
12259 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12260
12261 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12262
12263 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12264 \"mail.bar\")
12265 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12266 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12267 \"mail.others\")
12268
12269 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12270
12271 ;;;***
12272 \f
12273 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12274 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12276
12277 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12278 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12279 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12280
12281 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12282
12283 ;;;***
12284 \f
12285 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12286 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18231 31065))
12287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12288
12289 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12290 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12291 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12292 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12293
12294 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12295
12296 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12297 Mail to ADDRESS.
12298
12299 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12300
12301 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12302 Like `message-reply'.
12303
12304 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12305
12306 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12307
12308 ;;;***
12309 \f
12310 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12311 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18231 31065))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12313
12314 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12315 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12316
12317 \(fn)" t nil)
12318
12319 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12320 Load the NoCeM cache.
12321
12322 \(fn)" t nil)
12323
12324 ;;;***
12325 \f
12326 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12327 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12328 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12330
12331 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12332 Display picons in the From header.
12333 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12334
12335 \(fn)" t nil)
12336
12337 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12338 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12339 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12340
12341 \(fn)" t nil)
12342
12343 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12344 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12345 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12346
12347 \(fn)" t nil)
12348
12349 ;;;***
12350 \f
12351 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12352 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12353 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12354 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12355 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18231 31066))
12356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12357
12358 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12359 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12360 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12361 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12362
12363 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12364
12365 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12366 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12367 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12368 LIST1 is modified.
12369
12370 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12371
12372 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12373 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12374 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12375
12376 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12377
12378 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12379 Not documented
12380
12381 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12382
12383 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12384 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12385 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12386
12387 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12388
12389 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12390 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12391 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12392
12393 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12394
12395 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12396
12397 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12398 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12399 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12400
12401 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12402
12403 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12404 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12405 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12406
12407 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12408
12409 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12410 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12411 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12412
12413 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12414
12415 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12416 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12417
12418 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12419
12420 ;;;***
12421 \f
12422 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12423 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18231 31066))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12425
12426 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12427 Not documented
12428
12429 \(fn)" t nil)
12430
12431 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12432 Install the registry hooks.
12433
12434 \(fn)" t nil)
12435
12436 ;;;***
12437 \f
12438 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12439 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18177
12440 ;;;;;; 861))
12441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12442
12443 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12444 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12445 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12446 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12447 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12448 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12449
12450 \(fn)" t nil)
12451
12452 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12453 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12454 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12455 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12456 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12457
12458 \(fn)" t nil)
12459
12460 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12461 Not documented
12462
12463 \(fn)" t nil)
12464
12465 ;;;***
12466 \f
12467 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12468 ;;;;;; (18231 31066))
12469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12470
12471 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12472 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12473 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12474 for matching on group names.
12475
12476 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12477 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12478
12479 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12480
12481 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12482
12483 \(fn)" t nil)
12484
12485 ;;;***
12486 \f
12487 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12488 ;;;;;; (18231 31066))
12489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12490
12491 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12492 Update the format specification near point.
12493
12494 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12495
12496 ;;;***
12497 \f
12498 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12499 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18231
12500 ;;;;;; 31066))
12501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12502
12503 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12504 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12505
12506 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12507
12508 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12509 Not documented
12510
12511 \(fn)" nil nil)
12512
12513 ;;;***
12514 \f
12515 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12516 ;;;;;; (18231 31066))
12517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12518
12519 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12520 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12521
12522 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12523
12524 ;;;***
12525 \f
12526 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18177 871))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12528
12529 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12530 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12531
12532 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12533 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12534 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12535
12536 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12537 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12538 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12539
12540 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12541 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12542
12543 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12544 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12545
12546 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12547
12548 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12549
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12553 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18177 869))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12555
12556 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12557
12558 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12559 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12560 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12561 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12562 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12563
12564 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12565
12566 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12567 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12568 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12569 or to send e-mail.
12570 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12571 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12572
12573 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12574 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12575
12576 \(fn)" t nil)
12577 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12578
12579 ;;;***
12580 \f
12581 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12582 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12583 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18190 39684))
12584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12585
12586 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12587 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12588
12589 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12590
12591 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12592 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12593 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12594 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12595 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12596
12597 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12598 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12599
12600 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12601
12602 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12603 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12604 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12605 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12606
12607 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12608
12609 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12610 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12611
12612 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12613
12614 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12615 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12616
12617 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12618 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12619 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12620
12621 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12622 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12623 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12624
12625 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12626 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12627 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12628 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12629 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12630
12631 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12632
12633 (defvar grep-history nil)
12634
12635 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12636
12637 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12638 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12639 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12640
12641 \(fn)" nil nil)
12642
12643 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12644 Not documented
12645
12646 \(fn)" nil nil)
12647
12648 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12649 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12650
12651 \(fn)" nil nil)
12652
12653 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12654 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12655 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12656 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12657 where grep found matches.
12658
12659 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12660 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12661
12662 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12663 easily repeat a grep command.
12664
12665 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12666 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12667 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12668 if that history list is empty).
12669
12670 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12671
12672 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12673 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12674 Collect output in a buffer.
12675 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12676 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12677
12678 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12679 easily repeat a find command.
12680
12681 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12682
12683 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12684
12685 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12686 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12687 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12688 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12689 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12690
12691 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12692 before it is executed.
12693 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12694
12695 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12696 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12697 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12698
12699 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12700
12701 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12702
12703 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12704 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12705 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12706 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12707 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12708
12709 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12710 before it is executed.
12711 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12712
12713 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12714 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12715 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12716
12717 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12718
12719 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12720
12721 ;;;***
12722 \f
12723 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18177 863))
12724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12725
12726 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12727 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12728 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12729 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12730 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12731
12732 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12733
12734 ;;;***
12735 \f
12736 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12737 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18231 31070))
12738 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12739
12740 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12741 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12742 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12743 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12744
12745 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12746
12747 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12748 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12749 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12750 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12751
12752 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12753
12754 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12755 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12756 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12757 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12758
12759 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12760
12761 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12762 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12763 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12764 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12765
12766 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12767 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12768
12769 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12770
12771 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12772 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12773 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12774 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12775
12776 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12777
12778 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12779 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12780 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12781 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12782
12783 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12784
12785 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12786 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12787 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12788 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12789 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12790
12791 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12792 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12793 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12794 original source file access method.
12795
12796 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12797 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12798
12799 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12800 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12801
12802 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12803
12804 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12805 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12806
12807 \(fn)" t nil)
12808
12809 ;;;***
12810 \f
12811 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18213
12812 ;;;;;; 1259))
12813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12814
12815 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12816 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12817 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12818 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12819
12820 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12821 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12822 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12823 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12824
12825 \(fn)" t nil)
12826
12827 ;;;***
12828 \f
12829 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12830 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
12831 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12832
12833 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12834 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12835
12836 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12837
12838 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12839 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12840 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12841 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12842
12843 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12844
12845 \(fn)" t nil)
12846
12847 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12848 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12849 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12850 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12851 to be updated.
12852
12853 \(fn)" t nil)
12854
12855 ;;;***
12856 \f
12857 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12858 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12859 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "gnus/hashcash.el" (18230 21282))
12860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/hashcash.el
12861
12862 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12863 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12864
12865 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12866
12867 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12868 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12869 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12870
12871 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12872
12873 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12874 Verify a hashcash payment
12875
12876 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12877
12878 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12879 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12880 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12881 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12882 `mail-add-payment-async').
12883
12884 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12887 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12888 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12889 Calculation is asynchronous.
12890
12891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12892
12893 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12894 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12895 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12896
12897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12898
12899 ;;;***
12900 \f
12901 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12902 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12903 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12904 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18231 31061))
12905 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12906
12907 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12908 Return the help-echo string at point.
12909 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12910 property, or nil, is returned.
12911 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12912 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12913 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12914
12915 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12916
12917 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12918 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12919 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12920 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12921 this produces no string either, return nil.
12922
12923 \(fn)" nil nil)
12924
12925 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12926 Display local help in the echo area.
12927 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12928 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12929 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12930 printed instead.
12931
12932 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12933 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12934 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12935
12936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12937
12938 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12939 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12940 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12941
12942 \(fn)" t nil)
12943
12944 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12945 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12946 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12947
12948 \(fn)" t nil)
12949
12950 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12951 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12952 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12953 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12954 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12955 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12956 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12957 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12958 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12959 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12960 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12961
12962 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12963 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12964 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12965 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12966 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12967
12968 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12969 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12970 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12971 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12972 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12973 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12974 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12975 The default is `never'.")
12976
12977 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12978
12979 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12980 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12981 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12982 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12983 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12984 considered different regions.
12985
12986 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12987 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12988 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12989 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12990 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12991 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12992 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12993 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12994 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12995
12996 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12997
12998 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12999 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13000 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13001 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13002 different regions.
13003
13004 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13005 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13006 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13007 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13008 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13009 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13010 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13011 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13012
13013 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13014 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13015 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13016 rarely happens in practice.
13017
13018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13019
13020 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13022 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13023 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13024 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13025 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13026
13027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13028
13029 ;;;***
13030 \f
13031 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13032 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13033 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13034 ;;;;;; (18231 31061))
13035 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13036
13037 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13038 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13039
13040 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13041
13042 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13043 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13044 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13045
13046 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13047
13048 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
13049 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13050
13051 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13052
13053 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13054 Not documented
13055
13056 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13057
13058 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13059 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13060 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13061 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13062
13063 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13064
13065 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13066 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13067 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13068 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13069 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13070 it is displayed along with the global value.
13071
13072 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13073
13074 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13075 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13076 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13077 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13078
13079 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13080
13081 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13082 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13083 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13084 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13085 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13086
13087 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13088
13089 ;;;***
13090 \f
13091 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13092 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
13093 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13094
13095 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13096 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13097 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13098 and window listing and describing the options.
13099 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13100 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13101
13102 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13103
13104 ;;;***
13105 \f
13106 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13107 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13108 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18231
13109 ;;;;;; 31061))
13110 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13111
13112 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13113 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13114 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13115 Commands:
13116 \\{help-mode-map}
13117
13118 \(fn)" t nil)
13119
13120 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13121 Not documented
13122
13123 \(fn)" nil nil)
13124
13125 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13126 Not documented
13127
13128 \(fn)" nil nil)
13129
13130 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13131 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13132
13133 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13134 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13135 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13136 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13137
13138 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13139 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13140 restore it properly when going back.
13141
13142 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13143
13144 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13145 Not documented
13146
13147 \(fn)" nil nil)
13148
13149 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13150 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13151
13152 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13153 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13154 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13155 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13156 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13157 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13158 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13159 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13160
13161 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13162 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13163 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13164 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13165
13166 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13167 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13168 that.
13169
13170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13171
13172 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13173 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13174 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13175 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13176 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13177 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13178
13179 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13180
13181 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13182 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13183 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13184 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13185 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13186
13187 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13188
13189 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13190 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13191
13192 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13193
13194 ;;;***
13195 \f
13196 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13197 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18177 858))
13198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13199
13200 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13201 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13202
13203 \(fn)" t nil)
13204
13205 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13206 Provide help for current mode.
13207
13208 \(fn)" t nil)
13209
13210 ;;;***
13211 \f
13212 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13213 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18213 1254))
13214 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13215
13216 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13217 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13218 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13219 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13220 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13221
13222 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13223 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13224
13225 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13226 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13227 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13228 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13229
13230 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13231 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13232 periods.
13233
13234 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13235 in hexl format.
13236
13237 A sample format:
13238
13239 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13240 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13241 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13242 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13243 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13244 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13245 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13246 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13247 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13248 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13249 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13250 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13251 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13252 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13253 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13254
13255 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13256 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13257 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13258
13259 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13260 also supported.
13261
13262 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13263
13264 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13265 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13266 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13267
13268 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13269 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13270 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13271
13272 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13273 into the buffer at the current point.
13274
13275 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13276 into the buffer at the current point.
13277
13278 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13279 into the buffer at the current point.
13280
13281 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13282
13283 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13284 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13285
13286 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13287
13288 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13289
13290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13291
13292 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13293 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13294 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13295 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13296
13297 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13298
13299 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13300 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13301 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13302
13303 \(fn)" t nil)
13304
13305 ;;;***
13306 \f
13307 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13308 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13309 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13310 ;;;;;; (18190 39676))
13311 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13312
13313 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13314 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13315
13316 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13317 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13318 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13319 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13320 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13321 called interactively, are:
13322
13323 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13324 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13325
13326 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13327 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13328 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13329 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13330
13331 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13332 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13333
13334 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13335 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13336
13337 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13338 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13339 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13340 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13341 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13342 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13343 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13344 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13345 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13346 function returns t.
13347
13348 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13349 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13350
13351 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13352 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13353 form:
13354 Hi-lock: FOO
13355 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13356 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13357 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13358 Patterns will be read until
13359 Hi-lock: end
13360 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13361
13362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13363
13364 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13365 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13366 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13368 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13369 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13370
13371 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13372
13373 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13374 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13375 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13376 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13377 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13378
13379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13380
13381 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13382
13383 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13384 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13385
13386 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13387 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13388 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13389 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13390
13391 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13392
13393 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13394
13395 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13396 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13397
13398 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13399 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13400 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13401 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13402
13403 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13404
13405 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13406
13407 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13408 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13409
13410 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13411 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13412
13413 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13414
13415 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13416
13417 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13418 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13419
13420 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13421 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13422 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13423 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13424 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13425
13426 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13427
13428 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13429 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13430
13431 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13432 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13433 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13434
13435 \(fn)" t nil)
13436
13437 ;;;***
13438 \f
13439 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13440 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18177 872))
13441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13442
13443 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13444 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13445 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13446 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13447 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13448 how the hiding is done:
13449
13450 `hide-ifdef-env'
13451 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13452 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13453 is used.
13454
13455 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13456 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13457 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13458 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13459 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13460
13461 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13462 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13463 #endif lines when hiding.
13464
13465 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13466 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13467 is activated.
13468
13469 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13470 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13471 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13472
13473 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13474
13475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13476
13477 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13478 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13479
13480 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-initially "hideif" t)
13481
13482 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13483 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13484
13485 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-read-only "hideif" t)
13486
13487 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13488 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13489
13490 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-lines "hideif" t)
13491
13492 ;;;***
13493 \f
13494 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13495 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
13496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13497
13498 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13499 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13500 Each element has the form
13501 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13502
13503 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13504 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13505
13506 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13507 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13508
13509 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13510 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13511 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13512 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13513 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13514 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13515
13516 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13517 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13518
13519 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13520 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13521
13522 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13523 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13524 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13525
13526 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13527 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13528 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13529 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13530 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13531 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13532
13533 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13534 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13535 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13536
13537 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13538 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13539
13540 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13541
13542 Key bindings:
13543 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13544
13545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13546
13547 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13548 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13549
13550 \(fn)" nil nil)
13551
13552 ;;;***
13553 \f
13554 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13555 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13556 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13557 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13558 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18177 863))
13559 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13560
13561 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13562 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13563 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13564
13565 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13566
13567 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13568 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13569
13570 Without an argument:
13571 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13572 or passive state as determined by the variable
13573 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13574 and passive state.
13575
13576 With an argument ARG:
13577 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13578 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13579 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13580
13581 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13582 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13583 not displayed in a different face.
13584
13585 Functions:
13586 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13587 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13588 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13589 buffer with the contents of a file
13590 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13591 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13592 various faces
13593
13594 Hook variables:
13595 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13596 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13597 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13598
13599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13600
13601 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13602 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13603
13604 \(fn)" t nil)
13605
13606 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13607 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13608
13609 \(fn)" t nil)
13610
13611 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13612 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13613
13614 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13615 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13616 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13617 shown in the last face in the list.
13618
13619 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13620 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13621 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13622
13623 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13624
13625 \(fn)" t nil)
13626
13627 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13628 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13629
13630 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13631
13632 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13633 to save the file.
13634
13635 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13636 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13637
13638 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13639 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13640 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13641
13642 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13643
13644 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13645 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13646
13647 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13648 this function is called interactively.
13649
13650 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13651 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13652 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13653
13654 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13655 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13656 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13657
13658 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13659
13660 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes "hilit-chg" "\
13661 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13662
13663 When called interactively:
13664 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13665 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13666 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13667 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13668
13669 When called from a program:
13670 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13671 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13672 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13673 - otherwise just turn it on
13674
13675 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13676 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13677 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13678 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13679
13680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13681
13682 ;;;***
13683 \f
13684 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13685 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13686 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13687 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13688 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18177 863))
13689 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13690
13691 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13692 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13693 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13694 or insert functions in this list.")
13695
13696 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13697
13698 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13699 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13700
13701 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13702
13703 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13704 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13705
13706 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13707
13708 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13709 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13710
13711 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13712
13713 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13714 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13715
13716 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13717
13718 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13719 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13720 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13721
13722 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13723
13724 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13725 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13726 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13727 \(as atoms)")
13728
13729 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13730
13731 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13732 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13733 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13734 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13735 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13736
13737 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13738
13739 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13740 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13741 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13742 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13743 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13744 expansions.
13745 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13746 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13747 undoes the expansion.
13748
13749 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13750
13751 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13752 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13753 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13754 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13755
13756 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13757
13758 ;;;***
13759 \f
13760 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13761 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13763
13764 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13765 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13766 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13767
13768 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13769 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13770 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13771 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13772 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13773
13774 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13775 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13776 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13777 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13778
13779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13780
13781 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13782 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13783 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13785 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13786 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13787
13788 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13789
13790 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13791 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13792 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13793
13794 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13795 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13796
13797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13798
13799 ;;;***
13800 \f
13801 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13802 ;;;;;; (18190 39681))
13803 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13804
13805 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13806 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13807 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13808
13809 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13810
13811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13812
13813 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13814 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13815
13816 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13817 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13818 different list. For example,
13819
13820 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13821 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13822
13823 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13824 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13825
13826 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13827 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13828 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13829 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13830 of a holiday list.
13831
13832 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13833
13834 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13835
13836 ;;;***
13837 \f
13838 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18231
13839 ;;;;;; 31066))
13840 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13841
13842 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13843 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13844
13845 \(fn)" t nil)
13846
13847 ;;;***
13848 \f
13849 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13850 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13851 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13852 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13855 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13856 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13857 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13858 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13859 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13860 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13861 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13862 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13863 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13864 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13865 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13866 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13867 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13868 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13869 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13870 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13871 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18213 1254))
13872 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13873
13874 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13876 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13877
13878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13879
13880 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13881 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13882
13883 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13884
13885 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13886 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13887
13888 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13889
13890 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13891 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13892
13893 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13894
13895 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13896 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13897
13898 \(fn)" t nil)
13899
13900 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13901 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13902
13903 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13904
13905 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13906 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13907
13908 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13909 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13910 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13911 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13912 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13913 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13914 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13915 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13916 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13917 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13918 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13919 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13920
13921 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13922 Not documented
13923
13924 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13925
13926 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13927 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13928
13929 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13930
13931 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13932 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13933
13934 \(fn)" t nil)
13935
13936 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13937 Remove the first filter group.
13938
13939 \(fn)" t nil)
13940
13941 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13942 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13943
13944 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13945
13946 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13947 Remove all filter groups.
13948
13949 \(fn)" t nil)
13950
13951 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13952 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13953
13954 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13955
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13957 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13958 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13959
13960 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13961
13962 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
13963 Kill the filter group at point.
13964 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13965
13966 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13967
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
13969 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13970
13971 \(fn)" t nil)
13972
13973 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13974 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13975
13976 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13977
13978 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13979 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13980 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13981 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13982
13983 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13984
13985 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13986 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13987 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13988
13989 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13990
13991 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13993 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
13994
13995 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13996
13997 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
13998 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13999
14000 \(fn)" t nil)
14001
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14004
14005 \(fn)" t nil)
14006
14007 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14008 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14009
14010 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14011 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14012 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14013
14014 \(fn)" t nil)
14015
14016 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14018
14019 \(fn)" t nil)
14020
14021 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14023
14024 \(fn)" t nil)
14025
14026 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14028 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14029 filter into parts.
14030
14031 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14032
14033 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14035 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14036
14037 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14038
14039 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14040 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14041
14042 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14043
14044 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14045 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14046
14047 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14048
14049 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14050 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14051
14052 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14053 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14054 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14055 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14057 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14058 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14059 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14060 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14061
14062 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14063 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14064 Default sorting modes are:
14065 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14066 Name - the name of the buffer
14067 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14068 Size - the size of the buffer
14069
14070 \(fn)" t nil)
14071
14072 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14073 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14074
14075 \(fn)" t nil)
14076 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14077 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14079 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14080
14081 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14082 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14083
14084 \(fn)" t nil)
14085
14086 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14087 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14088 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14089 for this Ibuffer session.
14090
14091 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14092
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14095 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14096 for this Ibuffer session.
14097
14098 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14099
14100 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14102
14103 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14104 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14105
14106 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14107 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14108
14109 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14110
14111 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14113
14114 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14115 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14116
14117 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14118
14119 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14121
14122 \(fn)" t nil)
14123
14124 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14125 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14126
14127 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14128 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14129 hidden group filter, open it.
14130
14131 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14132 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14133 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14134
14135 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14136
14137 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14138 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14139 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14140
14141 \(fn)" t nil)
14142
14143 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14144 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14145
14146 The names are separated by a space.
14147 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14148
14149 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14150 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14151 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14152 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14153
14154 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14155
14156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14157
14158 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14159 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14160
14161 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14162
14163 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14164 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14165
14166 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14167
14168 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14169 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14170
14171 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14172
14173 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14174 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14175
14176 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14177
14178 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14179 Mark all modified buffers.
14180
14181 \(fn)" t nil)
14182
14183 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14184 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14185
14186 \(fn)" t nil)
14187
14188 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14189 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14190
14191 \(fn)" t nil)
14192
14193 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14194 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14195
14196 \(fn)" t nil)
14197
14198 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14199 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14200
14201 \(fn)" t nil)
14202
14203 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14204 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14205
14206 \(fn)" t nil)
14207
14208 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14209 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14210
14211 \(fn)" t nil)
14212
14213 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14214 Mark all read-only buffers.
14215
14216 \(fn)" t nil)
14217
14218 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14219 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14220
14221 \(fn)" t nil)
14222
14223 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14224 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14225 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14226 defaults to one.
14227
14228 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14229
14230 ;;;***
14231 \f
14232 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14233 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18177
14234 ;;;;;; 863))
14235 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14236
14237 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14238 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14239
14240 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14241 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14242 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14243
14244 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14245 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14246 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14247 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14248 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14249 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14250
14251 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14252 title of the column.
14253
14254 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14255 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14256 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14257 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14258 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14259
14260 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14261
14262 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14263 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14264 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14265 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14266 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14267
14268 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14269 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14270 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14271
14272 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14273
14274 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14275 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14276 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14277 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14278 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14279 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14280
14281 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14282 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14283 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14284 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14285 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14286 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14287 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14288 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14289 values are:
14290 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14291 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14292 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14293 buffer's modification flag.
14294 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14295 prompted before performing this operation.
14296 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14297 operation is complete, in the form:
14298 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14299 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14300 confirmation message, in the form:
14301 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14302 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14303 macro for exactly what it does.
14304
14305 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14306
14307 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14308 Define a filter named NAME.
14309 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14310 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14311 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14312
14313 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14314 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14315 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14316 bound to the current value of the filter.
14317
14318 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14319
14320 ;;;***
14321 \f
14322 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14323 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18177 864))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14325
14326 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14327 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14328 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14329 buffers which are visiting a file.
14330
14331 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14332
14333 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14334 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14335 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14336 buffers which are visiting a file.
14337
14338 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14339
14340 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14341 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14342 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14343
14344 All arguments are optional.
14345 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14346 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14347 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14348 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14349 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14350 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14351 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14352 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14353 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14354 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14355 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14356 that value locally in this buffer.
14357
14358 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14359
14360 ;;;***
14361 \f
14362 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14363 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14364 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18190 39681))
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14366
14367 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14368 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14369 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14370 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14371
14372 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14373
14374 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14375 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14376 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14377 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14378 ICAL-FILENAME.
14379 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14380 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14381 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14382
14383 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14384
14385 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14386 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14387 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14388 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14389 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14390 non-marking or not.
14391
14392 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14393
14394 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14395 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14396
14397 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14398 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14399 DIARY-FILE.
14400
14401 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14402 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14403 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14404
14405 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14406 non-marking.
14407
14408 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14409 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14410 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14411
14412 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14413
14414 ;;;***
14415 \f
14416 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18177
14417 ;;;;;; 864))
14418 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14419
14420 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14421 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14422 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14423 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14424 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14425 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14426
14427 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14428
14429 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14430 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14431 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14432 otherwise turn it off.
14433
14434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14435
14436 ;;;***
14437 \f
14438 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18177 873))
14439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14440
14441 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14442 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14443 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14444 Tab indents for Icon code.
14445 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14446 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14447 \\{icon-mode-map}
14448 Variables controlling indentation style:
14449 icon-tab-always-indent
14450 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14451 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14452 icon-auto-newline
14453 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14454 inserted in Icon code.
14455 icon-indent-level
14456 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14457 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14458 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14459 icon-continued-statement-offset
14460 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14461 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14462 icon-continued-brace-offset
14463 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14464 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14465 icon-brace-offset
14466 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14467 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14468 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14469 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14470
14471 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14472 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14473
14474 \(fn)" t nil)
14475
14476 ;;;***
14477 \f
14478 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14479 ;;;;;; (18203 51791))
14480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14481
14482 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14483 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14484 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14485 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14486
14487 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14488 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14489 separate frames.
14490
14491 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14492 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14493
14494 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14495 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14496 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14497
14498 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14499
14500 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14501
14502 ;;;***
14503 \f
14504 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14505 ;;;;;; (18195 4247))
14506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14507
14508 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14509 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14510
14511 The main features of this mode are
14512
14513 1. Indentation and Formatting
14514 --------------------------
14515 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14516 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14517
14518 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14519 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14520 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14521 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14522
14523 Comments are indented as follows:
14524
14525 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14526 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14527 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14528
14529 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14530
14531 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14532 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14533 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14534 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14535 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14536 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14537
14538 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14539 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14540 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14541 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14542
14543 2. Routine Info
14544 ------------
14545 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14546 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14547 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14548 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14549 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14550 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14551 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14552 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14553 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14554 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14555
14556 3. Online IDL Help
14557 ---------------
14558
14559 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14560 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14561 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14562 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14563
14564 4. Completion
14565 ----------
14566 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14567 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14568 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14569 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14570 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14571 upper case.
14572
14573 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14574 --------------------------------
14575 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14576 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14577
14578 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14579 \\fu FUNCTION template
14580 \\c CASE statement template
14581 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14582 \\f FOR loop template
14583 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14584 \\w WHILE loop template
14585 \\i IF statement template
14586 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14587 \\b BEGIN
14588
14589 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14590 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14591
14592 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14593 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14594 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14595 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14596
14597 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14598 -------------------------
14599 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14600 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14601
14602 7. Automatic END completion
14603 ------------------------
14604 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14605 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14606
14607 8. Hooks
14608 -----
14609 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14610 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14611
14612 9. Documentation and Customization
14613 -------------------------------
14614 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14615 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14616 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14617 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14618 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14619
14620 10.Keybindings
14621 -----------
14622 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14623 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14624 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14625
14626 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14627
14628 \(fn)" t nil)
14629 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14630
14631 ;;;***
14632 \f
14633 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14634 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14635 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14636 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14637 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14638 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14639 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14640 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18231
14641 ;;;;;; 31061))
14642 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14643
14644 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14645 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14646 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14647 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14648 displaying...)
14649 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14650 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14651 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14652
14653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14654 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14655
14656 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14657
14658 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14659 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14660 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14661 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14662 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14663 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14664 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14665 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14666 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14667
14668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14669
14670 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14671 Switch to another buffer.
14672 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14673 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14674 in another frame.
14675
14676 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14677 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14678 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14679 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14680 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14681
14682 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14683 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14684
14685 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14686 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14687
14688 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14689 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14690 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14691 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14692 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14693 in a separate window.
14694 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14695 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14696 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14697 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14698 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14699 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14700 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14701 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14702 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14703
14704 \(fn)" t nil)
14705
14706 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14707 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14708 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14709 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14710
14711 \(fn)" t nil)
14712
14713 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14714 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14715 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14716 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14717
14718 \(fn)" t nil)
14719
14720 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14721 Kill a buffer.
14722 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14723 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14724
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14726
14727 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14728 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14729 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14731
14732 \(fn)" t nil)
14733
14734 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14735 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14736 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14737 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14738
14739 \(fn)" t nil)
14740
14741 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14742 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14743
14744 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14745
14746 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14747 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14748 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14749 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14750 visible in another frame.
14751
14752 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14753 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14754 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14755 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14756 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14757 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14758
14759 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14760 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14761
14762 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14763 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14764
14765 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14766 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14767 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14768 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14769 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14770 in a separate window.
14771 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14772 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14773 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14774 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14775 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14776 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14777 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14778 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14779 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14780 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14781 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14782 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14783 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14784 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14785 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14786
14787 \(fn)" t nil)
14788
14789 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14790 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14791 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14792 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14793
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14795
14796 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14797 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14800
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14802
14803 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14804 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14805 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14806 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14807
14808 \(fn)" t nil)
14809
14810 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14811 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14812 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14814
14815 \(fn)" t nil)
14816
14817 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14818 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14819 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14821
14822 \(fn)" t nil)
14823
14824 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14825 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14826 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14827 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14828
14829 \(fn)" t nil)
14830
14831 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14832 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14833 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14834 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14835
14836 \(fn)" t nil)
14837
14838 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14839 Write current buffer to a file.
14840 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14841 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14842
14843 \(fn)" t nil)
14844
14845 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14846 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14847 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14848 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14849
14850 \(fn)" t nil)
14851
14852 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14853 Call `dired' the ido way.
14854 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14855 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14856
14857 \(fn)" t nil)
14858
14859 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14860 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14861 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14862 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14863 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14864 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14865
14866 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14867
14868 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14869 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14870 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14871 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14872
14873 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14874
14875 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14876 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14877 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14878 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14879
14880 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14881
14882 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14883 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14884 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14885 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14886 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14887 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14888 with `completing-read'.
14889 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14890 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14891 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14892 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14893 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14894 with point positioned at the end.
14895 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14896 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14897
14898 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14899
14900 ;;;***
14901 \f
14902 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18231 31061))
14903 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14904 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14905
14906 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14907 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14908 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14909
14910 \(fn)" t nil)
14911
14912 ;;;***
14913 \f
14914 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14915 ;;;;;; (18231 31061))
14916 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14917
14918 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14919 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14920
14921 \(fn)" t nil)
14922
14923 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14924 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14925
14926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14927
14928 ;;;***
14929 \f
14930 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14931 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14932 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14933 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14934 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18190 39676))
14935 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14936
14937 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14938 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14939 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14940 be determined.
14941
14942 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14943
14944 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14945 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14946 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14947 be determined.
14948
14949 \(fn)" nil nil)
14950
14951 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14952 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14953 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14954 be determined.
14955
14956 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14957
14958 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14959 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14960 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14961 be determined.
14962
14963 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14964
14965 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14966 Determine and return image type.
14967 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14968 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14969 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14970 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14971 use its file extension as image type.
14972 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14973
14974 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14975
14976 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14977 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14978 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14979
14980 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14981
14982 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14983 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14984 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14985
14986 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14987 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14988 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14989 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14990 must be available.
14991
14992 \(fn)" nil nil)
14993
14994 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14995 Create an image.
14996 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14997 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14998 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14999 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15000 use its file extension as image type.
15001 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15002 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15003 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15004 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15005
15006 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15007
15008 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15009 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15010 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15011
15012 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15013
15014 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15015 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15016 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15017 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15018 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15019 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15020 POS may be an integer or marker.
15021 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15022 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15023 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15024 means display it in the right marginal area.
15025
15026 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15027
15028 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15029 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15030 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15031 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15032 defaulted if you omit it.
15033 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15034 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15035 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15036 means display it in the right marginal area.
15037 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15038 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15039 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15040 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15041 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15042
15043 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15044
15045 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15046 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15047 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15048 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15049 defaulted if you omit it.
15050 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15051 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15052 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15053 means display it in the right marginal area.
15054 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15055
15056 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15057
15058 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15059 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15060 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15061 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15062
15063 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15064
15065 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15066 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15067
15068 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15069
15070 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15071 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15072 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15073 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15074 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15075 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15076 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15077 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15078 satisfied.
15079
15080 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15081
15082 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15083
15084 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15085
15086 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15087 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15088
15089 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15090 documentation string.
15091
15092 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15093 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15094 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15095 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15096 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15097 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15098 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15099 define SYMBOL.
15100
15101 Example:
15102
15103 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15104 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15105
15106 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15107
15108 ;;;***
15109 \f
15110 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15111 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15112 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15113 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15114 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15115 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15116 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15117 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18213 1254))
15118 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15119
15120 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15121 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15122
15123 \(fn)" t nil)
15124
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15126 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15127
15128 Convenience command that:
15129
15130 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15131 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15132 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15133
15134 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15135 image files in dired and type
15136 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15137
15138 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15139
15140 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15141 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15142
15143 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15144
15145 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15146 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15147 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15148 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15149 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15150 another one).
15151
15152 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15153 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15154 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15155
15156 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15157 instead of erasing it first.
15158
15159 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15160 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15161 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15162 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15163 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15164 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15165
15166 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15167
15168 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15169 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15170 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15171 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15172 displayed.
15173
15174 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15175
15176 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15177
15178 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15179
15180 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15181 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15182
15183 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15184
15185 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15186 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15187 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15188
15189 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15190
15191 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15192 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15193
15194 \(fn)" t nil)
15195
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15197 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15198 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15199 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15200
15201 \(fn)" t nil)
15202
15203 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15204 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15205
15206 \(fn)" t nil)
15207
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15209 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15210
15211 \(fn)" t nil)
15212
15213 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15214 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15215
15216 \(fn)" t nil)
15217
15218 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15219 Display current image file.
15220 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15221 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15222
15223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15224
15225 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15226 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15227
15228 \(fn)" t nil)
15229
15230 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15231 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15232 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15233 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15234 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15235 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15236 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15237
15238 \(fn)" t nil)
15239
15240 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15241 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15242 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15243 easy-to-use form.
15244
15245 \(fn)" t nil)
15246
15247 ;;;***
15248 \f
15249 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15250 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15251 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18177 864))
15252 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15253
15254 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15255 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15256 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15257 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15258
15259 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15260 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15261 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15262 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15263
15264 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15265
15266 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15267 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15268 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15269 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15270
15271 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15272 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15273 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15274 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15275
15276 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15277
15278 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15279 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15280
15281 \(fn)" nil nil)
15282
15283 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15284 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15285 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15286 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15287
15288 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15289
15290 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15291 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15292 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15293 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15294 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15295 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15296
15297 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15298
15299 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15300 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15301 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15302 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15303
15304 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15305 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15306 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15307
15308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15309
15310 ;;;***
15311 \f
15312 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15313 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18231 31061))
15314 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15315 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15316 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15317 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15318 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15319 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15320 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15321 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15322 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15323 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15324
15325 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15326 Major mode for image files.
15327 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15328 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15329
15330 \(fn)" t nil)
15331
15332 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15333 Toggle Image minor mode.
15334 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15335 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15336
15337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15338
15339 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15340 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15341 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15342 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15343 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15344 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15345
15346 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15347 information on these modes.
15348
15349 \(fn)" t nil)
15350
15351 ;;;***
15352 \f
15353 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15354 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18177 864))
15355 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15356
15357 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15358 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15359
15360 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15361
15362 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15363 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15364 in the buffer.
15365
15366 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15367
15368 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15369 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15370 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15371
15372 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15373
15374 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15375 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15376
15377 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15378 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15379 pattern's structure.
15380
15381 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15382 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15383 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15384 during matching.")
15385
15386 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15387
15388 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15389 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15390
15391 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15392 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15393 called within a `save-excursion'.
15394
15395 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15396
15397 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15398
15399 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15400 Function for finding the next index position.
15401
15402 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15403 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15404 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15405 file.
15406
15407 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15408 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15409
15410 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15411
15412 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15413 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15414
15415 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15416 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15417 It should return the name for that index item.")
15418
15419 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15420
15421 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15422 Function to compare string with index item.
15423
15424 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15425 non-nil if they match.
15426
15427 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15428 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15429 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15430 arguments match\".")
15431
15432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15433
15434 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15435 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15436 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15437
15438 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15439
15440 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15441
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15443
15444 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15445 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15446 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15447 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15448
15449 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15450
15451 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15452 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15453
15454 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15455
15456 \(fn)" t nil)
15457
15458 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15459 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15460 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15461 for more information.
15462
15463 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15464
15465 ;;;***
15466 \f
15467 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15468 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15469 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18177 866))
15470 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15471
15472 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15473 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15474
15475 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15476
15477 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15478 Not documented
15479
15480 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15481
15482 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15483 Not documented
15484
15485 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15486
15487 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15488 Not documented
15489
15490 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15491
15492 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15493 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15494
15495 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15496
15497 ;;;***
15498 \f
15499 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15500 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15501 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18177 873))
15502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15503
15504 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15505 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15506 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15507 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15508 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15509
15510 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15511
15512 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15513 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15514
15515 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15516
15517 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15518 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15519 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15520 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15521 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15522 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15523 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15524 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15525
15526 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15527
15528 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15529 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15530 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15531 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15532 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15533
15534 This variable is only used if the variable
15535 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15536
15537 More precise choices:
15538 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15539 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15540 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15541
15542 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15543
15544 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15545
15546 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15547 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15548
15549 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15550 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15551 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15552 to that buffer.
15553 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15554 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15555 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15556 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15557
15558 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15559 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15560
15561 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15562
15563 ;;;***
15564 \f
15565 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15566 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15567 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15568 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18231 31061))
15569 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15570
15571 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15572 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15573
15574 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15575 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15576 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15577
15578 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15579 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15580 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15581 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15582 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15583 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15584 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15585 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15586 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15587 with the top-level Info directory.
15588
15589 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15590 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15591 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15592 appended to the Info buffer name.
15593
15594 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15595 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15596 in all the directories in that path.
15597
15598 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15599
15600 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15601 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15602
15603 \(fn)" t nil)
15604
15605 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15606 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15607 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15608 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15609
15610 \(fn)" nil nil)
15611
15612 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15613 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15614 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15615 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15616
15617 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15618
15619 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15620 Go to the Info directory node.
15621
15622 \(fn)" t nil)
15623
15624 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15625 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15626 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15627 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15628 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15629 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15630
15631 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15632
15633 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15634 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15635 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15636
15637 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15638
15639 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15640 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15641 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15642 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15643 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15644
15645 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15646 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15647
15648 Selecting other nodes:
15649 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15650 Follow a node reference you click on.
15651 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15652 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15653 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15654 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15655 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15656 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15657 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15658 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15659 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15660 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15661 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15662 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15663 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15664 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15665 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15666 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15667 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15668 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15669 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15670 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15671
15672 Moving within a node:
15673 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15674 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15675 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15676 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15677 move up to the parent node.
15678 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15679 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15680 if there is none.
15681 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15682
15683 Advanced commands:
15684 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15685 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15686 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15687 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15688 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15689 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15690 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15691 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15692 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15693 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15694 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15695 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15696 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15697 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15698 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15699 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15700
15701 \(fn)" nil nil)
15702 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15703
15704 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15705 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15706 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15707 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15708 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15709 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15710
15711 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15712 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15713
15714 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15715 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15716 KEY is a string.
15717 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15718 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15719 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15720 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15721
15722 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15723
15724 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15725 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15726 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15727
15728 \(fn)" t nil)
15729
15730 ;;;***
15731 \f
15732 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15733 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15734 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15735 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15736
15737 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15738 Throw away all cached data.
15739 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15740 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15741 system.
15742
15743 \(fn)" t nil)
15744 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15745
15746 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15747 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15748 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15749 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15750 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15751 one found at point.
15752
15753 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15754
15755 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15756 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15757
15758 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15759 Display the documentation of a file.
15760 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15761 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15762 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15763 The default file name is the one found at point.
15764
15765 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15766
15767 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15768
15769 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15770 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15771
15772 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15773
15774 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15775 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15776
15777 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15778
15779 ;;;***
15780 \f
15781 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15782 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18177 864))
15783 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15784
15785 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15786 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15787
15788 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15789
15790 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15791 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15792 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15793
15794 \(fn)" t nil)
15795
15796 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15797 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15798 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15799
15800 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15801 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15802 quite a while.
15803
15804 \(fn)" t nil)
15805
15806 ;;;***
15807 \f
15808 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15809 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18177 864))
15810 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15811
15812 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15813 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15814
15815 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15816
15817 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15818 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15819 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15820
15821 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15822 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15823 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15824
15825 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15826 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15827 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15828 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15829
15830 \(fn)" t nil)
15831
15832 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15833 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15834 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15835
15836 \(fn)" t nil)
15837
15838 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15839 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15840 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15841 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15842 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15843
15844 \(fn)" nil nil)
15845
15846 ;;;***
15847 \f
15848 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
15849 ;;;;;; (18211 184))
15850 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
15851
15852 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
15853 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
15854 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
15855
15856 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
15857 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
15858
15859 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
15860 after typing another C-s or C-r at a failing search, the search goes
15861 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
15862 next occurrence.
15863
15864 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
15865 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
15866 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
15867 direction is backward (when isearch-forward is nil), this function
15868 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
15869 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
15870 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
15871 buffer in the series.")
15872
15873 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
15874 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
15875 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15876
15877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15878
15879 ;;;***
15880 \f
15881 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15882 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15883 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15885
15886 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15887 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15888
15889 \(fn)" t nil)
15890
15891 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15892 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15893
15894 \(fn)" t nil)
15895
15896 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15897 Not documented
15898
15899 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15900
15901 ;;;***
15902 \f
15903 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18177
15904 ;;;;;; 865))
15905 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15906
15907 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15908 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15909 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15910 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15911 accessed via isearchb.
15912
15913 \(fn)" t nil)
15914
15915 ;;;***
15916 \f
15917 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15918 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15920
15921 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
15922 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15923 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15924 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15925 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15926 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15927
15928 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15929 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15930
15931 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15932 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15933 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15934 \"s gives German sharp s.
15935 /a gives a with ring.
15936 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15937 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15938 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15939 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15940
15941 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15942 and a negative argument disables it.
15943
15944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15945
15946 ;;;***
15947 \f
15948 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15949 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15950 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15951 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18231 31069))
15952 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15953
15954 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15956 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15957 the table `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15959
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15961
15962 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15964 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15965 the table `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15967
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15969
15970 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15972 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15973 the table `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15975
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15977
15978 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15980 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15981 the table `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15983
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15985
15986 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15988 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15989 the table `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15991
15992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15993
15994 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15995 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15996 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15997 the table `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15999
16000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16001
16002 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16004 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
16005 the table `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16006 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007
16008 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16012 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16013 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16014
16015 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16016
16017 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16018 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16019 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16020 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16021
16022 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16023
16024 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16025 Warn that format is read-only.
16026
16027 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16028
16029 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Warn that format is write-only.
16031
16032 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16033
16034 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16035 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16036
16037 \(fn)" t nil)
16038
16039 ;;;***
16040 \f
16041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16042 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
16043 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16044 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16045 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16046 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16047
16048 ;;;***
16049 \f
16050 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16051 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16052 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16053 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16054 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16055 ;;;;;; (18203 51792))
16056 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16057 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16058
16059 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16060 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16061 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16062 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16063
16064 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16065 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16066
16067 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16068 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16069 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16070
16071 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16072 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16073 re-start Emacs.")
16074
16075 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
16076
16077 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16078
16079 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
16080
16081 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
16082
16083 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
16084
16085 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16086
16087 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
16088
16089 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16090 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16091
16092 Each element of this list is also a list:
16093
16094 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16095 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16096
16097 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16098 nil means the default dictionary.
16099
16100 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16101
16102 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16103
16104 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16105 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16106 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16107 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16108 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16109 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16110 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16111 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16112 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16113
16114 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16115 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16116 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16117 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16118 for non-ASCII bytes.
16119
16120 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16121 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16122 single word.
16123
16124 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16125 subprocess.
16126
16127 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16128 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16129 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16130 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16131 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16132 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16133 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16134 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16135
16136 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16137
16138 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16139 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16140 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16141
16142 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16143 Key map for ispell menu.")
16144
16145 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16146 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16147 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16148 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16149
16150 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16151
16152 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16153
16154 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16155
16156 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16157
16158 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16159 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16160 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16161 Valid forms include:
16162 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16163 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16164 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16165 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16166
16167 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16168 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16169 First list is used raw.
16170 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16171
16172 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16173 for skipping in latex mode.")
16174
16175 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16176 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16177 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16178 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16179 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16180 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16181
16182 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16183 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16184 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16185 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16186
16187 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16188 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16189 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16190 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16191 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16192
16193 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16194 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16195
16196 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16197 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16198
16199 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16200 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16201
16202 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16203 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16204
16205 Return values:
16206 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16207 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16208 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16209 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16210 quit spell session exited.
16211
16212 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16213
16214 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16215 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16216 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16217
16218 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16219
16220 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16221 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16222
16223 Selections are:
16224
16225 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16226 SPC: Accept word this time.
16227 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16228 `a': Accept word for this session.
16229 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16230 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16231 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16232 `?': Show these commands.
16233 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16234 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16235 the aborted check to be completed later.
16236 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16237 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16238 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16239 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16240 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16241 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16242 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16243
16244 \(fn)" nil nil)
16245
16246 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16247 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16248 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16249
16250 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16251
16252 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16253 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16254 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16255 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16256
16257 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16258
16259 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16260
16261 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16262 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16263 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16264 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16265
16266 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16267
16268 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16269 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16270
16271 \(fn)" t nil)
16272
16273 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16274 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16275
16276 \(fn)" t nil)
16277
16278 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16279 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16280
16281 \(fn)" t nil)
16282
16283 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16284 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16285 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16286 sequence inside of a word.
16287
16288 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16289
16290 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16291
16292 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16293 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16294
16295 \(fn)" t nil)
16296
16297 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16298 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16299 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16300 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16301
16302 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16303 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16304 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16305 available on the net.
16306
16307 \(fn)" t nil)
16308
16309 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16310 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16311 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16312 otherwise turn it off.
16313
16314 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16315 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16316
16317 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16318 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16319
16320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16321
16322 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16323 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16324 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16325 Don't check included messages.
16326
16327 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16328 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16329 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16330
16331 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16332 in your .emacs file:
16333 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16334 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16335 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16336 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16337
16338 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16339 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16340 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16341
16342 \(fn)" t nil)
16343
16344 ;;;***
16345 \f
16346 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18177
16347 ;;;;;; 865))
16348 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16349
16350 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16351 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16352 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16353 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16354 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16355 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16356
16357 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16358
16359 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16360 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16361 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16362 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16363 `iswitchb' for details.
16364
16365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16366
16367 ;;;***
16368 \f
16369 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16370 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16371 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16372 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18177 866))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16374
16375 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16376 Not documented
16377
16378 \(fn)" nil nil)
16379
16380 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16381 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16382 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16383 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16384 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16385 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16386 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16387 necessary to represent OBJ.
16388
16389 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16390
16391 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16392 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16393 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16394 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16395
16396 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16397
16398 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16399 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16400 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16401 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16402 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16403
16404 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16405
16406 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16407 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16408 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16409 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16410
16411 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16412
16413 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16414 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16415 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16416 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16417
16418 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16419
16420 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16421 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16422
16423 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16424
16425 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16426 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16427 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16428 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16429 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16430
16431 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16432
16433 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16434 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16435 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16436 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16437 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16438
16439 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16440
16441 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16442 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16443 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16444
16445 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16446
16447 ;;;***
16448 \f
16449 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16450 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18177 866))
16451 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16452
16453 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16454 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16455 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16456 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16457
16458 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16459 Not documented
16460
16461 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16462
16463 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16464 Uninstall jka-compr.
16465 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16466 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16467 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16468
16469 \(fn)" nil nil)
16470
16471 ;;;***
16472 \f
16473 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16474 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16475 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
16476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16477
16478 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16479 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16480 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16481 decimal key must be specified.")
16482
16483 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16484
16485 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16486 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16487 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16488 decimal key must be specified.")
16489
16490 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16491
16492 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16493 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16494 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16495 decimal key must be specified.")
16496
16497 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16498
16499 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16500 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16501 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16502 decimal key must be specified.")
16503
16504 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16505
16506 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16507 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16508 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16509 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16510 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16511 keys are bound.
16512
16513 Setup Binding
16514 -------------------------------------------------------------
16515 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16516 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16517 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16518 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16519 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16520 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16521 in the global and local keymaps.
16522
16523 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16524 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16525
16526 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16527
16528 ;;;***
16529 \f
16530 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16531 ;;;;;; (18177 865))
16532 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16533
16534 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16535 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16536 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16537
16538 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16539 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16540 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16541 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16542 shorter.
16543
16544 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16545 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16546 the context of text formatting.
16547
16548 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16549
16550 ;;;***
16551 \f
16552 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18177
16553 ;;;;;; 865))
16554 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16555
16556 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16557 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16558 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16559 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16560 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16561 positions that contains the current selection.")
16562
16563 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16564 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16565 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16566 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16567 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16568 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16569 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16570
16571 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16572
16573 ;;;***
16574 \f
16575 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16576 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16577 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16578 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18177 866))
16579 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16580 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16581 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16582 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16583 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16584 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16585 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16586 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16587
16588 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16589 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16590 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16591 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16592 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16593
16594 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16595
16596 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16597 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16598 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16599
16600 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16601 defining the macro.
16602
16603 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16604 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16605 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16606
16607 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16608 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16609
16610 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16611
16612 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16613 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16614 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16615 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16616 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16617 under that name.
16618
16619 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16620 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16621 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16622
16623 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16624
16625 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16626 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16627 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16628
16629 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16630 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16631 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16632 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16633
16634 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16635 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16636
16637 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16638
16639 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16640 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16641 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16642
16643 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16644 macro.
16645
16646 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16647 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16648
16649 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16650 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16651 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16652
16653 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16654 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16655
16656 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16657
16658 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16659 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16660 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16661 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16662
16663 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16664
16665 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16666 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16667 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16668 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16669
16670 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16671 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16672
16673 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16674
16675 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16676 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16677 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16678
16679 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16680
16681 ;;;***
16682 \f
16683 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-composition-function kannada-post-read-conversion
16684 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-string kannada-compose-region) "knd-util"
16685 ;;;;;; "language/knd-util.el" (18177 866))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16687
16688 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x0c95-\x0cb9]")
16689
16690 (autoload 'kannada-compose-region "knd-util" "\
16691 Not documented
16692
16693 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16694
16695 (autoload 'kannada-compose-string "knd-util" "\
16696 Not documented
16697
16698 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16699
16700 (autoload 'kannada-post-read-conversion "knd-util" "\
16701 Not documented
16702
16703 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16704
16705 (autoload 'kannada-composition-function "knd-util" "\
16706 Compose Kannada characters after the position POS.
16707 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
16708 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
16709
16710 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16711
16712 ;;;***
16713 \f
16714 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16715 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18177 866))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16717
16718 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16719 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16720 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16721
16722 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16723 Not documented
16724
16725 \(fn)" nil nil)
16726
16727 ;;;***
16728 \f
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16730 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16732
16733 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16734
16735 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16736 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16737
16738 \(fn)" t nil)
16739
16740 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16741
16742 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16743 Start or resume an Lm game.
16744 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16745 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16746
16747 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16748 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16749 none / 1 | yes | no
16750 2 | yes | yes
16751 3 | no | yes
16752 4 | no | no
16753
16754 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16755 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16756 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16757
16758 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16759
16760 ;;;***
16761 \f
16762 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16763 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16764 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18177 866))
16765 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16766
16767 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16768 Not documented
16769
16770 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16771
16772 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16773 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16774 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16775 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16776 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16777 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16778
16779 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16780 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16781
16782 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16783
16784 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16785 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16786
16787 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16788
16789 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16790 Not documented
16791
16792 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16793
16794 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16795 Not documented
16796
16797 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16798
16799 ;;;***
16800 \f
16801 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16802 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16803 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18177 865))
16804 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16805
16806 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16807 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16808 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16809 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16810
16811 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16812
16813 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16814 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16815 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16816
16817 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16818
16819 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16820 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16821 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16822
16823 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16824
16825 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16826 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16827 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16828 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16829
16830 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16831
16832 ;;;***
16833 \f
16834 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16835 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18177 865))
16836 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16837
16838 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16839 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16840 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16841 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16842 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16843 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16844 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16845 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16846
16847 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16848 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16849
16850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16851 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16852
16853 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16854
16855 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16856 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16857 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16858 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16859 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16860 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16861 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16862 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16863
16864 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16865
16866 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16867 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16868 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16869 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16870
16871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16872 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16873
16874 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16875
16876 ;;;***
16877 \f
16878 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16879 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (18177 870))
16880 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16881
16882 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
16883 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16884 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16885 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16886
16887 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16888
16889 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16890 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16891 JIT Lock's favor.
16892
16893 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16894
16895 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16896 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16897 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16898 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16899 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16900 for large buffers.
16901
16902 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16903 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16904 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16905 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16906 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16907
16908 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16909 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16910 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16911 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16912 slow to keep up with your typing.
16913
16914 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16915 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16916 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16917 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16918 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16919 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16920
16921 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16922 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16923 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16924 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16925
16926 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16927 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16928 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16929 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16930
16931 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16932 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16933 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16934 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16935 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16936
16937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16938
16939 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
16940 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16941
16942 \(fn)" nil nil)
16943
16944 ;;;***
16945 \f
16946 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16947 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
16948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16949
16950 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16951
16952 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16953
16954 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16955 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16956
16957 \(fn)" t nil)
16958
16959 ;;;***
16960 \f
16961 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16962 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
16963 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16964
16965 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16966 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16967
16968 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16969 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16970
16971 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16972 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16973
16974 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16975 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16976 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16977 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16978 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16979 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16980 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16981 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16982 and transmit saved text.
16983
16984 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16985 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16986 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16987
16988 \(fn)" t nil)
16989
16990 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16991 Not documented
16992
16993 \(fn)" nil nil)
16994
16995 ;;;***
16996 \f
16997 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18177 871))
16998 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16999
17000 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17001 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17002 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17003 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17004 generations (this defaults to 1).
17005
17006 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17007
17008 ;;;***
17009 \f
17010 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18231
17011 ;;;;;; 31063))
17012 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17013
17014 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17015 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17016 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17017 is nil, raise an error.
17018
17019 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17020 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17021 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17022 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17023 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17024 defined by the library.
17025
17026 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17027 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17028 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17029 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17030 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17031 proceeds.
17032
17033 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17034 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17035 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17036 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17037
17038 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17039
17040 ;;;***
17041 \f
17042 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17043 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18177 867))
17044 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17045
17046 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17047 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17048 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17049
17050 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17051
17052 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17053 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17054 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17055 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17056
17057 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17058 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17059 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17060 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17061 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17062 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17063 the version.)
17064
17065 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17066 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17067
17068 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17069 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17070
17071 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17072
17073 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17074
17075 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17076 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17077 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17078 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17079 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17080 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17081 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17082 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17083 to constrain a big search.
17084
17085 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17086
17087 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17088 except that FILTER is not optional.
17089
17090 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17091
17092 ;;;***
17093 \f
17094 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18177 867))
17095 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17096
17097 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17098 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17099 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17100 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17101 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17102 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17103 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17104 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17105 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17106 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17107 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17108 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17109 uses the current buffer.
17110
17111 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17112
17113 ;;;***
17114 \f
17115 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18213
17116 ;;;;;; 1254))
17117 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17118
17119 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17120 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17121
17122 \(fn)" t nil)
17123
17124 ;;;***
17125 \f
17126 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18231
17127 ;;;;;; 31063))
17128 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17129
17130 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17131 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17132 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17133 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17134 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17135
17136 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17137 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17138 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17139
17140 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17141 are indicated with a symbol.
17142
17143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17144
17145 ;;;***
17146 \f
17147 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17148 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18177
17149 ;;;;;; 867))
17150 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17151
17152 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17153
17154 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))
17155
17156 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17157 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17158 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17159
17160 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17161 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17162
17163 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17164 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17165 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17166 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17167 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17168 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17169 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17170
17171 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17172
17173 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17174 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17175 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17176 switch on this list.
17177 See `lpr-command'.")
17178
17179 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17180
17181 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17182 *Name of program for printing a file.
17183
17184 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17185 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17186 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17187 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17188 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17189 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17190 argument.")
17191
17192 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17193
17194 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17195 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17196 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17197 for customization of the printer command.
17198
17199 \(fn)" t nil)
17200
17201 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17202 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17203
17204 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17205 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17206 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17207 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17208
17209 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17210 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17211
17212 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17213 for further customization of the printer command.
17214
17215 \(fn)" t nil)
17216
17217 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17218 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17219 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17220 for customization of the printer command.
17221
17222 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17223
17224 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17225 Paginate and print the region contents.
17226
17227 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17228 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17229 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17230 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17231
17232 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17233 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17234
17235 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17236 for further customization of the printer command.
17237
17238 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17239
17240 ;;;***
17241 \f
17242 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17243 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17245
17246 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17247 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17248 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17249
17250 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17251
17252 ;;;***
17253 \f
17254 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18177
17255 ;;;;;; 856))
17256 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17257
17258 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17259 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17260 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17261
17262 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17263
17264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17265
17266 ;;;***
17267 \f
17268 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18177
17269 ;;;;;; 873))
17270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17271
17272 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17273 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17274 \\{m4-mode-map}
17275
17276 \(fn)" t nil)
17277
17278 ;;;***
17279 \f
17280 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17281 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
17282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17283
17284 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17285 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17286 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17287 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17288 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17289
17290 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17291
17292 ;;;***
17293 \f
17294 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17295 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18177 867))
17296 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17297
17298 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17299 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17300 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17301 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17302 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17303
17304 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17305
17306 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17307 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17308 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17309 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17310
17311 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17312 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17313 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17314 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17315 bindings.
17316
17317 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17318 use this command, and then save the file.
17319
17320 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17321
17322 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17323 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17324 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17325 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17326 each time the macro executes.
17327 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17328 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17329 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17330 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17331 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17332 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17333 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17334
17335 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17336
17337 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17338 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17339 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17340 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17341
17342 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17343 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17344 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17345 execute.
17346
17347 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17348 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17349
17350 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17351 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17352 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17353 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17354 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17355
17356 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17357 looked like this:
17358
17359 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17360 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17361 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17362
17363 You could enter the names in this format:
17364
17365 foo
17366 bar
17367 baz
17368
17369 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17370
17371 \\C-x (
17372 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17373 \\C-x )
17374
17375 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17376 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17377
17378 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17379 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17380
17381 ;;;***
17382 \f
17383 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17384 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18177 867))
17385 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17386
17387 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17388 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17389 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17390 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17391 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17392 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17393
17394 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17395 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17396 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17397 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17398 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17399
17400 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17401 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17402 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17403 consing a string.)
17404
17405 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17406
17407 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17408 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17409
17410 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17411
17412 ;;;***
17413 \f
17414 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17415 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17416 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17417 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17418
17419 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17420 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17421
17422 \(fn)" nil nil)
17423
17424 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17425 Not documented
17426
17427 \(fn)" nil nil)
17428
17429 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17430 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17431
17432 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17433
17434 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17435 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17436 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17437 message.
17438
17439 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17440
17441 \(fn)" nil nil)
17442
17443 ;;;***
17444 \f
17445 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17446 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17447 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18177
17448 ;;;;;; 867))
17449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17450
17451 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17452 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17453 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17454 often correct parser.")
17455
17456 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17457
17458 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17459 Not documented
17460
17461 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17462
17463 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17464 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17465 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17466 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17467
17468 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17469
17470 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17471 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17472 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17473 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17474
17475 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17476
17477 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17478 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17479 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17480 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17481 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17482 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17483 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17484 as Rmail does.
17485
17486 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17487
17488 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17489 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17490 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17491 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17492 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17493 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17494
17495 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17496
17497 ;;;***
17498 \f
17499 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17500 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18231
17501 ;;;;;; 31069))
17502 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17503
17504 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17505 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17506 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17508 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17509 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17510
17511 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17512
17513 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17514 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17515
17516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17517
17518 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17519 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17520
17521 \(fn)" nil nil)
17522
17523 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17524 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17525 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17526
17527 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17528
17529 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17530 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17531 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17532
17533 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17534
17535 ;;;***
17536 \f
17537 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17538 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18177
17539 ;;;;;; 867))
17540 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17541
17542 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17543 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17544 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17545 king@grassland.com
17546 If `parens', they look like:
17547 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17548 If `angles', they look like:
17549 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17550
17551 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17552
17553 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17554 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17555 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17556 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17557 their `Resent-' variants.
17558
17559 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17560 removed from alias expansions.
17561
17562 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17563
17564 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17565 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17566 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17567
17568 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17569 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17570 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17571 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17572
17573 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17574
17575 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17576 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17577 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17578 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17579
17580 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17581
17582 ;;;***
17583 \f
17584 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17585 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17586 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17587
17588 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17589 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17590 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17591 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17592
17593 \(fn)" nil nil)
17594
17595 ;;;***
17596 \f
17597 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17598 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17599 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18177 873))
17600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17601
17602 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17603 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17604
17605 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17606 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17607 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17608 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17609 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17610 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17611
17612 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17613 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17614 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17615 dependency, despite the colon.
17616
17617 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17618
17619 In the browser, use the following keys:
17620
17621 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17622
17623 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17624
17625 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17626 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17627
17628 `makefile-target-colon':
17629 The string that gets appended to all target names
17630 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17631 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17632
17633 `makefile-macro-assign':
17634 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17635 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17636 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17637 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17638 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17639 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17640
17641 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17642 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17643 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17644
17645 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17646 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17647
17648 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17649 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17650 up or down in the browser.
17651
17652 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17653 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17654
17655 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17656 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17657
17658 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17659 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17660 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17661 has been selected in the browser.
17662
17663 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17664 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17665 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17666 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17667 filenames are omitted.
17668
17669 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17670 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17671 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17672 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17673 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17674 the backslash itself intact.
17675 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17676 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17677
17678 `makefile-browser-hook':
17679 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17680 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17681
17682 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17683 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17684 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17685 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17686
17687 \(fn)" t nil)
17688
17689 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17690 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17691
17692 \(fn)" t nil)
17693
17694 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17695 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17696
17697 \(fn)" t nil)
17698
17699 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17700 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17701
17702 \(fn)" t nil)
17703
17704 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17705 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17706
17707 \(fn)" t nil)
17708
17709 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17710 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17711
17712 \(fn)" t nil)
17713
17714 ;;;***
17715 \f
17716 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18177
17717 ;;;;;; 867))
17718 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17719
17720 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17721 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17722 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17723
17724 \(fn)" t nil)
17725
17726 ;;;***
17727 \f
17728 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18190 39677))
17729 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17730
17731 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17732
17733 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17734 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17735 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17736 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17737 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17738 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17739 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17740
17741 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17742 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17743 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17744 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17745
17746 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17747
17748 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17749 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17750
17751 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17752
17753 ;;;***
17754 \f
17755 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18177 867))
17756 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17757
17758 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17759 Toggle Master mode.
17760 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17761 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17762 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17763
17764 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17765 following commands:
17766
17767 \\{master-mode-map}
17768
17769 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17770 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17771 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17772
17773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17774
17775 ;;;***
17776 \f
17777 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17778 ;;;;;; (18190 39677))
17779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17780
17781 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17782 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17783 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17785 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17786 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17787
17788 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17789
17790 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17791 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17792 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17793 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17794 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17795
17796 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17797 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17798
17799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17800
17801 ;;;***
17802 \f
17803 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18213
17804 ;;;;;; 1254))
17805 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17806
17807 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17808
17809 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17810 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17811 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17814 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17815
17816 (custom-autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" nil)
17817
17818 (autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" "\
17819 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17820 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17821 created in the future.
17822 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17823 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17824
17825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17826
17827 ;;;***
17828 \f
17829 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17830 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17831 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17832 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17833 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17834 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17835 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18231 31067))
17836 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17837
17838 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17839
17840 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17841 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17842 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17843 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17844 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17845 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17846 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17847 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17848 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17849 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17850 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17851 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17852 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17853 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17854 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17855 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17856 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17857 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17858 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17859 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17860 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17861 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17862 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17863 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17864 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17865 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17866 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17867 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17868 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17869 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17870 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17871 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17872 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17873 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17874 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17875 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17876 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17877 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17878
17879 \(fn)" t nil)
17880
17881 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17882 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17883 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17884 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17885 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17886
17887 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17888
17889 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17890 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17891
17892 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17893
17894 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17895 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17896
17897 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17898
17899 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17900 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17901
17902 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17905 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17906 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17907
17908 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17909
17910 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17911 Cancel an article you posted.
17912 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17913
17914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17915
17916 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17917 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17918 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17919 header line with the old Message-ID.
17920
17921 \(fn)" t nil)
17922
17923 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17924 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17925
17926 \(fn)" t nil)
17927
17928 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17929 Forward the current message via mail.
17930 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17931 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17932
17933 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17934
17935 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17936 Not documented
17937
17938 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17939
17940 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17941 Not documented
17942
17943 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17944
17945 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17946 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17947
17948 \(fn)" t nil)
17949
17950 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17951 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17952
17953 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17954
17955 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17956 Re-mail the current message.
17957 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17958 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17959 you.
17960
17961 \(fn)" t nil)
17962
17963 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17964 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17965
17966 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17967
17968 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17969 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17970
17971 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17972
17973 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17974 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17975
17976 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17977
17978 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17979 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17980
17981 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17982
17983 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17984 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17985 Works by overstriking characters.
17986 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17987 which specify the range to operate on.
17988
17989 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17990
17991 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17992 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17993 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17994 which specify the range to operate on.
17995
17996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17997
17998 ;;;***
17999 \f
18000 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18001 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
18002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18003
18004 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18005 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18006 Special commands:
18007 \\{meta-mode-map}
18008
18009 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18010 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18011
18012 \(fn)" t nil)
18013
18014 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18015 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18016 Special commands:
18017 \\{meta-mode-map}
18018
18019 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18020 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18021
18022 \(fn)" t nil)
18023
18024 ;;;***
18025 \f
18026 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18027 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18028 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
18029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18030
18031 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18032 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18033 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18034
18035 \(fn)" t nil)
18036
18037 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18038 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18039 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18040 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18041 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18042 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18043 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18044
18045 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18046
18047 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18048 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18049 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18050 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18051 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18052 means current).
18053 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18054 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18055
18056 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18057
18058 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18059 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18060 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18061 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18062 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18063 means current).
18064 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18065 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18066
18067 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18068
18069 ;;;***
18070 \f
18071 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18072 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18073 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18177 868))
18074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18075
18076 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18077 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18078 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18079
18080 \(fn)" t nil)
18081
18082 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18083 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18084 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18085
18086 \(fn)" t nil)
18087
18088 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18089 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18090
18091 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18092 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18093 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18094
18095 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18096 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18097
18098 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18099 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18100
18101 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18102
18103 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18104
18105 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18106 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18107 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18108 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18109 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18110 as `compose-mail'.
18111
18112 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18113 initial Subject field, respectively.
18114
18115 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18116 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18117 are strings.
18118
18119 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18120 ignored.
18121
18122 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18123
18124 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18125 Save draft and send message.
18126
18127 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18128 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18129 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18130 Mail Delivery*\".
18131
18132 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18133 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18134 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18135
18136 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18137 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18138 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18139 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18140 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18141 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18142
18143 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18144 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18145
18146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18147
18148 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18149 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18150
18151 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18152 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18153 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18154 delete the draft message.
18155
18156 \(fn)" t nil)
18157
18158 ;;;***
18159 \f
18160 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18190 39683))
18161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18162
18163 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18164
18165 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18166
18167 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18168
18169 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18170 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18171
18172 \(fn)" t nil)
18173
18174 ;;;***
18175 \f
18176 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18177 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18177 868))
18178 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18179
18180 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18181 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18182 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18183
18184 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18185 the MH mail system.
18186
18187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18188
18189 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18190 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18191 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18192
18193 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18194 the MH mail system.
18195
18196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18197
18198 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18199 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18200
18201 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18202 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18203 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18204 separate command.
18205
18206 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18207 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18208 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18209 format.
18210
18211 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18212
18213 Ranges
18214 ======
18215 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18216 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18217 can be used in several ways.
18218
18219 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18220 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18221 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18222 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18223 page):
18224
18225 <num1>-<num2>
18226 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18227 The range must be nonempty.
18228
18229 <num>:N
18230 <num>:+N
18231 <num>:-N
18232 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18233 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18234 last.
18235
18236 first:N
18237 prev:N
18238 next:N
18239 last:N
18240 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18241
18242 all
18243 All of the messages.
18244
18245 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18246 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18247
18248 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18249 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18250 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18251
18252 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18253
18254 \(fn)" t nil)
18255
18256 ;;;***
18257 \f
18258 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18259 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18177 868))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18261
18262 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18263 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18264 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18265 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18266 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18267 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18268 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18269 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18270 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18271 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18272 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18273
18274 \(fn)" t nil)
18275
18276 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18277 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18278 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18279 to its second argument TM.
18280
18281 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18282
18283 ;;;***
18284 \f
18285 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18286 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18177 868))
18287 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18288
18289 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18290 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18291 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18292 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18293 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18294 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18295
18296 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18297
18298 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18299 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18300 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18301 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18302 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18303 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18304 default indication.
18305
18306 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18307 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18308
18309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18310
18311 ;;;***
18312 \f
18313 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18314 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18316
18317 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18318 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18319 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18320
18321 \(fn)" t nil)
18322
18323 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18324
18325 ;;;***
18326 \f
18327 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18328 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18329 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
18330 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18331
18332 (autoload 'malayalam-compose-region "mlm-util" "\
18333 Not documented
18334
18335 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18336
18337 (autoload 'malayalam-post-read-conversion "mlm-util" "\
18338 Not documented
18339
18340 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18341
18342 (autoload 'malayalam-composition-function "mlm-util" "\
18343 Compose Malayalam characters after the position POS.
18344 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
18345 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
18346
18347 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18348
18349 ;;;***
18350 \f
18351 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18352 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18177 861))
18353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18354
18355 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18356 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18357
18358 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18359
18360 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18361 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18362 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18363 the entire message.
18364 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18365
18366 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18367
18368 ;;;***
18369 \f
18370 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18371 ;;;;;; (18231 31067))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18373
18374 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18375 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18376 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18377 the entire message.
18378 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18379
18380 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18381
18382 ;;;***
18383 \f
18384 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18385 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18231 31067))
18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18387
18388 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18389 Insert file contents of URL.
18390 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18391
18392 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18393
18394 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18395 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18396
18397 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18398
18399 ;;;***
18400 \f
18401 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18402 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18231 31067))
18403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18404
18405 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18406 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18407 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18408 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18409 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18410
18411 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18412
18413 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18414 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18415 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18416
18417 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18418
18419 ;;;***
18420 \f
18421 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18422 ;;;;;; (18231 31067))
18423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18424
18425 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18426 Not documented
18427
18428 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18429
18430 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18431 Not documented
18432
18433 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18434
18435 ;;;***
18436 \f
18437 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18438 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18439 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18231 31067))
18440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18441
18442 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18443 Not documented
18444
18445 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18446
18447 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18448 Not documented
18449
18450 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18451
18452 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18453 Not documented
18454
18455 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18456
18457 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18458 Not documented
18459
18460 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18461
18462 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18463 Not documented
18464
18465 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18466
18467 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18468 Not documented
18469
18470 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18471
18472 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18473 Not documented
18474
18475 \(fn)" nil nil)
18476
18477 ;;;***
18478 \f
18479 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18480 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
18481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18482
18483 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18484 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18485 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18486 followed by the first character of the construct.
18487 \\<m2-mode-map>
18488 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18489 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18490 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18491 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18492 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18493 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18494 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18495 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18496 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18497 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18498 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18499 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18500 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18501 \\[m2-link] link
18502
18503 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18504 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18505 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18506
18507 \(fn)" t nil)
18508
18509 ;;;***
18510 \f
18511 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18512 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
18513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18514
18515 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18516 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18517
18518 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18519
18520 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18521 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18522
18523 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18524
18525 ;;;***
18526 \f
18527 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18177
18528 ;;;;;; 868))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18530
18531 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18532 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18533 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18536 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18537
18538 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18539
18540 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18541 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18542 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18543 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18544
18545 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18546
18547 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18548
18549 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18550
18551 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18552 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18553 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18554 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18555 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18556 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18557
18558 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18559 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18560 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18561 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18562 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18563
18564 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18565 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18566
18567 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18568 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18569
18570 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18571
18572 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18573 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18574 primary selection and region.
18575
18576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18577
18578 ;;;***
18579 \f
18580 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18177 871))
18581 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18582
18583 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18584 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18585
18586 \(fn)" t nil)
18587
18588 ;;;***
18589 \f
18590 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18231 31063))
18591 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18592
18593 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18594 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18595 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18597 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18598 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18599
18600 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18601
18602 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18603 Toggle Msb mode.
18604 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18605 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18606 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18607
18608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18609
18610 ;;;***
18611 \f
18612 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
18613 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
18614 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18615 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18616 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18617 ;;;;;; (18206 27859))
18618 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18619
18620 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18621 Display a list of all character sets.
18622
18623 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18624 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18625 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18626 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18627
18628 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18629 but still shows the full information.
18630
18631 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18632
18633 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18634 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18635 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18636
18637 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18638 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18639 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18640 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18641 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18642
18643 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18644
18645 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18646 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18647
18648 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18649
18650 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18651 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18652
18653 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18654
18655 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18656 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18657
18658 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18659
18660 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18661 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18662
18663 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18664 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18665 in place of `..':
18666 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18667 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18668 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18669 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18670 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18671 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18672 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18673 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18674 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18675 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18676 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18677 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18678 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18679 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18680 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18681 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18682
18683 \(fn)" t nil)
18684
18685 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18686 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18687
18688 \(fn)" t nil)
18689
18690 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18691 Display a list of all coding systems.
18692 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18693
18694 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18695 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18696
18697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18698
18699 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18700 Display a list of all coding categories.
18701
18702 \(fn)" nil nil)
18703
18704 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18705 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18706 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18707
18708 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18709
18710 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18711 Display information about FONTSET.
18712 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18713
18714 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18715
18716 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18717 Display a list of all fontsets.
18718 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18719 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18720 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18721
18722 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18723
18724 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18725 Display information about all input methods.
18726
18727 \(fn)" t nil)
18728
18729 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18730 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18731
18732 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18733 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18734 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18735 system which uses fontsets).
18736
18737 \(fn)" t nil)
18738
18739 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18740 Location of UnicodeData file.
18741 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18742 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18743 looked up from it.")
18744
18745 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18746
18747 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18748 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18749 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18750 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18751
18752 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18753
18754 ;;;***
18755 \f
18756 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18757 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18758 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18759 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18760 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18761 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18177 865))
18762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18763
18764 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18765 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18766 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18767
18768 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18769
18770 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18771
18772 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18773 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18774
18775 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18776 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18777
18778 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18779 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18780
18781 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18782
18783 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18784 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18785 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18786 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18787 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18788 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18789 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18790
18791 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18792 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18793 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18794 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18795 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18796 middle of a character in STR.
18797
18798 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18799 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18800
18801 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18802 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18803 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18804 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18805 defaults to \"...\".
18806
18807 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18808
18809 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18810 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18811
18812 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18813 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18814 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18815
18816 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18817 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18818 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18819
18820 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18821 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18822 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18823 is considered.
18824 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18825 longer than KEYSEQ.
18826 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18827
18828 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18829
18830 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18831 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18832 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18833 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18834 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18835 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18836 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18837 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18838 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18839 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18840 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18841
18842 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18843
18844 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18845 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18846
18847 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18848
18849 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18850 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18851
18852 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18853
18854 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18855 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18856
18857 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18858
18859 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18860 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18861
18862 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18863
18864 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18865 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18866 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18867 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18868 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18869
18870 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18871
18872 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18873 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18874 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18875 coding systems ordered by priority.
18876
18877 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18878
18879 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18880 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18881 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18882 language environment LANG-ENV.
18883
18884 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18885
18886 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18887 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18888 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18889 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18890 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18891 basis, this may not be accurate.
18892
18893 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18894
18895 ;;;***
18896 \f
18897 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18898 ;;;;;; (18177 869))
18899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18900
18901 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18902 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18903 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18906 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18907
18908 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18909
18910 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18911 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18912 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18913 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18914
18915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18916
18917 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18918 Enable mouse wheel support.
18919
18920 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18921
18922 ;;;***
18923 \f
18924 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18925 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18926 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18927 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18177 869))
18928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18929
18930 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18931 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18932
18933 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18934
18935 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18936 Ping HOST.
18937 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18938 `ping-program-options'.
18939
18940 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18941
18942 (autoload 'ipconfig "net-utils" "\
18943 Run ipconfig program.
18944
18945 \(fn)" t nil)
18946
18947 (defalias 'ifconfig 'ipconfig)
18948
18949 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18950 Run netstat program.
18951
18952 \(fn)" t nil)
18953
18954 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18955 Run the arp program.
18956
18957 \(fn)" t nil)
18958
18959 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18960 Run the route program.
18961
18962 \(fn)" t nil)
18963
18964 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18965 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18966
18967 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18968
18969 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18970 Run nslookup program.
18971
18972 \(fn)" t nil)
18973
18974 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18975 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18976
18977 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18978
18979 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18980 Run dig program.
18981
18982 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18983
18984 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18985 Run ftp program.
18986
18987 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18988
18989 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18990 Finger USER on HOST.
18991
18992 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18993
18994 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18995 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18996 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18997 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18998
18999 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19000
19001 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19002 Not documented
19003
19004 \(fn)" t nil)
19005
19006 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19007 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19008
19009 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19010
19011 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19012 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19013
19014 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19015
19016 ;;;***
19017 \f
19018 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19019 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19020 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19021 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19022 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19023 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18231 31063))
19024 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19025
19026 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19027
19028 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19029
19030 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19031
19032 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19033
19034 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19035 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19036 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19037 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19038 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19039 Major modes should set this variable.")
19040
19041 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19042 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19043 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19044 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19045 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19046 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19047
19048 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19049 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19050
19051 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19052 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19053 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19054
19055 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19056 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19057 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19058 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19059 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19060
19061 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19062 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19063 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19064
19065 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19066 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19067 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19068 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19069
19070 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19071 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19072 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19073 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19074 column indentation or nil.
19075 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19076
19077 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19078 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19079 The function has no args.
19080
19081 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19082 comments always start in column zero.")
19083
19084 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
19085 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19086 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19087
19088 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19089
19090 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19091 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19092 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19093 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19094
19095 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19096 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19097
19098 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19099
19100 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19101 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19102 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19103 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19104 customize this variable.
19105
19106 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19107 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19108
19109 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19110
19111 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19112 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19113 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19114 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19115 the variables are properly set.
19116
19117 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19118
19119 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19120 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19121
19122 \(fn)" nil nil)
19123
19124 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19125 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19126 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19127
19128 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19129
19130 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19131 Set the comment column based on point.
19132 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19133 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19134 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19135 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19136
19137 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19138
19139 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19140 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19141 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19142
19143 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19144
19145 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19146 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19147 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19148 comment markers.
19149
19150 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19151
19152 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19153 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19154 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19155 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19156 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19157 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19158 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19159 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19160
19161 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19162 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19163
19164 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19165
19166 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19167 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19168 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19169 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19170
19171 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19172
19173 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19174 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19175 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19176 is passed on to the respective function.
19177
19178 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19179
19180 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19181 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19182 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19183 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19184 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19185 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19186 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19187 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19188 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19189 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19190
19191 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19192
19193 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19194 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19195 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19196
19197 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19198
19199 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19200 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19201 This indents the body of the continued comment
19202 under the previous comment line.
19203
19204 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19205 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19206 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19207
19208 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19209 or comment indentation.
19210
19211 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19212 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19213
19214 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19215
19216 ;;;***
19217 \f
19218 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19219 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19220 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18231 31069))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19222
19223 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19224 Check whether newsticker is running.
19225 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19226 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19227
19228 \(fn)" nil nil)
19229
19230 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19231 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19232 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19233 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19234 empty.
19235
19236 \(fn)" nil nil)
19237
19238 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
19239 Start the newsticker.
19240 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19241 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19242 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19243 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19244
19245 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19246
19247 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19248 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19249 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19250 running already.
19251
19252 \(fn)" t nil)
19253
19254 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19255 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19256
19257 \(fn)" t nil)
19258
19259 ;;;***
19260 \f
19261 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19262 ;;;;;; (18231 31067))
19263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19264
19265 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19266 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19267
19268 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19269
19270 ;;;***
19271 \f
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18231
19273 ;;;;;; 31067))
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19275
19276 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19277 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19278 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19279 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19280 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19281 symbol in the alist.
19282
19283 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19284
19285 ;;;***
19286 \f
19287 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19288 ;;;;;; (18231 31068))
19289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19290
19291 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19292 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19293 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19294
19295 \(fn)" t nil)
19296
19297 ;;;***
19298 \f
19299 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19300 ;;;;;; (18231 31068))
19301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19302
19303 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19304 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19305 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19306
19307 \(fn)" t nil)
19308
19309 ;;;***
19310 \f
19311 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19312 ;;;;;; (18231 31068))
19313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19314
19315 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19316 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19317
19318 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19319
19320 ;;;***
19321 \f
19322 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19323 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18231 31068))
19324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19325
19326 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19327 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19328
19329 \(fn)" t nil)
19330
19331 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19332 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19333
19334 \(fn)" t nil)
19335
19336 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19337 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19338
19339 \(fn)" t nil)
19340
19341 ;;;***
19342 \f
19343 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19344 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18177 870))
19345 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19346
19347 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19348 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19349 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19350
19351 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19352
19353 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19354 Not documented
19355
19356 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19357
19358 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19359 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19360 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19361 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19362 to future sessions.
19363
19364 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19365
19366 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19367 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19368 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19369 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19370 to future sessions.
19371
19372 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19373
19374 ;;;***
19375 \f
19376 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19377 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
19378 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19379
19380 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19381 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19382 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19383 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19384 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19385 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19386
19387 \(fn)" t nil)
19388
19389 ;;;***
19390 \f
19391 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19392 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19394
19395 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19396 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19397 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19398 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19399 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19400
19401 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19402
19403 ;;;***
19404 \f
19405 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19406 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
19407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19408
19409 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19410 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19411 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19412
19413 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19414
19415 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19416 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19417
19418 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19419 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19420 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19421
19422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19423
19424 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19425
19426 ;;;***
19427 \f
19428 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19429 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
19430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19431
19432 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19433 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19434
19435 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19436 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19437 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19438 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19439
19440 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19441 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19442 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19443 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19444 is why you need this mode!).
19445
19446 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19447 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19448 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19449
19450 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19451
19452 Keybindings
19453 ===========
19454
19455 \\{octave-mode-map}
19456
19457 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19458 ==============================================
19459
19460 `octave-auto-indent'
19461 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19462 Default is nil.
19463
19464 `octave-auto-newline'
19465 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19466 Default is nil.
19467
19468 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19469 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19470 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19471
19472 `octave-block-offset'
19473 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19474 Default is 2.
19475
19476 `octave-continuation-offset'
19477 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19478 Default is 4.
19479
19480 `octave-continuation-string'
19481 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19482 Default is a backslash.
19483
19484 `octave-send-echo-input'
19485 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19486 command to the inferior Octave process.
19487
19488 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19489 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19490 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19491
19492 `octave-send-echo-input'
19493 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19494
19495 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19496
19497 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19498 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19499
19500 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19501
19502 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19503 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19504
19505 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19506 (lambda ()
19507 (abbrev-mode 1)
19508 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19509
19510 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19511 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19512 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19513 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19514
19515 \(fn)" t nil)
19516
19517 ;;;***
19518 \f
19519 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19520 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
19521 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19522
19523 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
19524 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19525 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19526
19527 \(fn)" t nil)
19528
19529 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
19530 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19531 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19532 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19533 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19534
19535 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19536
19537 \(fn)" t nil)
19538
19539 ;;;***
19540 \f
19541 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19542 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19543 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views
19544 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19545 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt org-remember-handler org-remember
19546 ;;;;;; org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation org-open-at-point-global
19547 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19548 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19549 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19550 ;;;;;; "textmodes/org.el" (18231 31070))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19552
19553 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19554 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19555 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19556
19557 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19558 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19559 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19560 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19561 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19562 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19563 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19564 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19565 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19566 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19567
19568 The following commands are available:
19569
19570 \\{org-mode-map}
19571
19572 \(fn)" t nil)
19573
19574 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19575 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19576
19577 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19578 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19579 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19580 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19581 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19582
19583 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19584 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19585 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19586 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19587 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19588 and zoom in further.
19589 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19590
19591 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19592 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19593 is negative, go up that many levels.
19594
19595 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19596 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19597 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19598
19599 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19600 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19601 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19602
19603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19604
19605 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19606 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19607
19608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19609
19610 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19611 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19612 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19613 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19614 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19615 of Org-mode).
19616
19617 M-up Move entry/item up
19618 M-down Move entry/item down
19619 M-left Promote
19620 M-right Demote
19621 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19622 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19623 M-S-left Promote subtree
19624 M-S-right Demote subtree
19625 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19626 C-c ^ Sort entries
19627 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19628 TAB Cycle item visibility
19629 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19630 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19631 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19632
19633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19634
19635 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19636 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19637
19638 \(fn)" nil nil)
19639
19640 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19641 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19642 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19643 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19644 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additonal settings.
19645
19646 \(fn)" nil nil)
19647
19648 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19649 Not documented
19650
19651 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19652
19653 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19654 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19655
19656 \(fn)" nil nil)
19657
19658 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
19659 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19660
19661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19662
19663 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19664 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19665 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19666 \\[org-insert-link].
19667 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19668 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19669 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19670
19671 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19672
19673 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19674 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19675 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19676
19677 \(fn)" t nil)
19678
19679 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19680 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19681 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19682 Org-mode syntax.
19683
19684 \(fn)" t nil)
19685
19686 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
19687 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19688 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19689 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19690 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19691
19692 \(fn)" nil nil)
19693
19694 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
19695 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19696 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19697 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19698
19699 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19700
19701 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
19702 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19703 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19704 of the remember buffer.
19705
19706 \(fn &optional ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19707
19708 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
19709 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19710 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19711 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19712 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19713 file the text at a specific location.
19714 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19715 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19716 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19717
19718 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19719 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19720 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19721 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19722 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19723 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19724 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19725 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19726
19727 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19728 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19729 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19730 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19731 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19732 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19733
19734 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19735 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19736 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19737
19738 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19739 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19740 \(i.e. after the stars).
19741
19742 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19743
19744 \(fn)" nil nil)
19745
19746 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org" "\
19747 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19748 When prefixed, prompt for a regular expression and use it as a
19749 filter: only add entries if they match this regular expression.
19750
19751 FILTER can be a string. In this case, use this string as a
19752 regular expression to filter results.
19753
19754 FILTER can also be an alist, with the car of each cell being
19755 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19756
19757 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19758 (category \"Work\"))
19759
19760 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19761 belonging to the category \"Work\".
19762
19763 \(fn &optional FILTER)" t nil)
19764
19765 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
19766 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19767 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19768 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19769
19770 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19771 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19772 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19773 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19774 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19775 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19776 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19777 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19778 e Export views to associated files.
19779
19780 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19781 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19782 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19783
19784 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19785 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19786 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19787 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19788 \(if active).
19789
19790 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19791
19792 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
19793 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19794 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19795 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19796 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19797 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19798 before running the agenda command.
19799
19800 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19801
19802 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
19803 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19804 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19805 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19806 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19807 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19808 before running the agenda command.
19809
19810 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19811 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19812
19813 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19814
19815 category The category of the item
19816 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19817 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19818 todo selected in TODO match
19819 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19820 diary imported from diary
19821 deadline a deadline on given date
19822 scheduled scheduled on given date
19823 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19824 closed entry was closed on given date
19825 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19826 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19827 block entry has date block including g. date
19828 todo The todo keyword, if any
19829 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19830 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19831 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19832 extra Sting with extra planning info
19833 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19834 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19835 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19836
19837 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19838
19839 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19840 Not documented
19841
19842 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19843
19844 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19845 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19846
19847 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19848
19849 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19850 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19851 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19852 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19853
19854 \(fn)" t nil)
19855
19856 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
19857 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19858 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19859 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19860
19861 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19862 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19863 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19864 agenda instead.
19865
19866 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19867 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19868 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19869
19870 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19871 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19872
19873 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19874
19875 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
19876 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19877 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19878 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19879 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19880 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19881
19882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19883
19884 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
19885 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19886 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19887
19888 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19889
19890 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
19891 Return diary information from org-files.
19892 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19893 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19894 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19895 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19896
19897 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19898 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19899 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19900
19901 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19902
19903 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19904 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19905 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19906 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19907
19908 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19909 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19910 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19911
19912 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19913 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19914 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19915 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19916
19917 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19918
19919 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19920
19921 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19922 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19923
19924 &%%(org-diary)
19925
19926 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19927 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19928 So the example above may also be written as
19929
19930 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19931
19932 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19933 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19934 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19935
19936 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19937
19938 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
19939 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19940 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19941 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19942
19943 \(fn)" t nil)
19944
19945 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
19946 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19947 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19948 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19949
19950 \(fn)" t nil)
19951
19952 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
19953 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19954 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19955
19956 \(fn)" t nil)
19957
19958 ;;;***
19959 \f
19960 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
19961 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19962 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
19963 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
19964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
19965
19966 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
19967 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
19968 emacs --batch
19969 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19970 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19971 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19972
19973 \(fn)" nil nil)
19974
19975 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
19976 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19977 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19978
19979 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19980
19981 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19982 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19983 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19984 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19985 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19986 then use this command to convert it.
19987
19988 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19989
19990 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19991 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19992 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19993 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19994 cut-and-paste operations.
19995 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19996 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19997 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19998 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19999
20000 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20001
20002 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20003 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20004
20005 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20006
20007 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20008 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20009
20010 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY)" t nil)
20011
20012 ;;;***
20013 \f
20014 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
20015 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18231
20016 ;;;;;; 31070))
20017 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20018
20019 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20020 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
20021
20022 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20023
20024 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20025 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20026 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
20027
20028 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20029
20030 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20031 Publish the current file.
20032 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20033
20034 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20035
20036 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20037 Publish all projects.
20038 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20039
20040 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20041
20042 ;;;***
20043 \f
20044 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20045 ;;;;;; (18190 39678))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20047 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20048
20049 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20050 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20051 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20052 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20053
20054 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20055 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20056 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20057 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20058
20059 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20060 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20061 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20062 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20063 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20064 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20065
20066 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20067 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20068 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20069
20070 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20071 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20072 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20073 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20074 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20075 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20076 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20077 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20078 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20079 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20080 The subheadings remain visible.
20081 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20082
20083 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20084 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20085 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20086
20087 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20088 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20089
20090 \(fn)" t nil)
20091
20092 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20093 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20094 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20095 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20096
20097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20098
20099 ;;;***
20100 \f
20101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18177
20102 ;;;;;; 875))
20103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20104 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20105 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20106 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20107 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20108 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20109 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20110 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20111 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20112 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20113
20114 ;;;***
20115 \f
20116 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18177 870))
20117 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20118
20119 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20120 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20121 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20122 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20123 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20124 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20125
20126 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20127
20128 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20129 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20130 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20131 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20132
20133 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20134 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20135
20136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20137
20138 ;;;***
20139 \f
20140 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20141 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
20142 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20143
20144 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20145 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20146 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20147 unknown are returned as nil.
20148
20149 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20150
20151 ;;;***
20152 \f
20153 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18177
20154 ;;;;;; 873))
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20156
20157 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20158 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20159 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20160
20161 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20162 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20163
20164 Other useful functions are:
20165
20166 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20167 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20168 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20169 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20170 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20171 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20172 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20173 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20174 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20175
20176 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20177
20178 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20179 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20180 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20181 Indentation for case statements.
20182 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20183 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20184 mark after an end.
20185 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20186 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20187 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20188 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20189 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20190 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20191 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20192 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20193 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20194 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20195
20196 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20197 pascal-separator-keywords.
20198
20199 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20200 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20201
20202 \(fn)" t nil)
20203
20204 ;;;***
20205 \f
20206 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20207 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
20208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20209
20210 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20211 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20212 The keys affected are:
20213 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20214 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20215 M-Backspace does undo.
20216 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20217 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20218 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20219
20220 \(fn)" t nil)
20221
20222 ;;;***
20223 \f
20224 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20225 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (18213 1258))
20226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20227
20228 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20229 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20230 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20233 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20234
20235 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20236
20237 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20238 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20239
20240 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20241
20242 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20243 which modify the status of the mark.
20244
20245 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20246 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20247
20248 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20249 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20250
20251 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20252 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20253 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20254 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20255 turning PC Selection mode on.
20256
20257 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20258 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20259
20260 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20261 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20262 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20263
20264 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20265 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20266 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20267
20268 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20269 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20270
20271 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20272 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20273 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20274
20275 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20276 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20277 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20278
20279 F6 other-window
20280 DELETE delete-char
20281 C-DELETE kill-line
20282 M-DELETE kill-word
20283 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20284 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20285 M-BACKSPACE undo
20286
20287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20288
20289 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20290 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20291 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20292 and cursor movement commands.
20293 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20295 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20296
20297 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20298
20299 ;;;***
20300 \f
20301 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18177
20302 ;;;;;; 870))
20303 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20304
20305 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20306 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20307
20308 \(fn)" nil nil)
20309
20310 ;;;***
20311 \f
20312 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20313 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18177 870))
20314 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20315
20316 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20317 Completion for `gzip'.
20318
20319 \(fn)" nil nil)
20320
20321 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20322 Completion for `bzip2'.
20323
20324 \(fn)" nil nil)
20325
20326 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20327 Completion for GNU `make'.
20328
20329 \(fn)" nil nil)
20330
20331 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20332 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20333
20334 \(fn)" nil nil)
20335
20336 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20337
20338 ;;;***
20339 \f
20340 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20341 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18177 870))
20342 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20343
20344 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20345 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20346
20347 \(fn)" nil nil)
20348
20349 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20350 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20351
20352 \(fn)" nil nil)
20353
20354 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20355 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20356
20357 \(fn)" nil nil)
20358
20359 ;;;***
20360 \f
20361 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18177
20362 ;;;;;; 870))
20363 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20364
20365 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20366 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20367 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20368 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20369 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20370 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20371
20372 \(fn)" nil nil)
20373
20374 ;;;***
20375 \f
20376 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20377 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20378 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18177 870))
20379 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20380
20381 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20382 Completion for `cd'.
20383
20384 \(fn)" nil nil)
20385
20386 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20387
20388 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20389 Completion for `rmdir'.
20390
20391 \(fn)" nil nil)
20392
20393 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20394 Completion for `rm'.
20395
20396 \(fn)" nil nil)
20397
20398 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20399 Completion for `xargs'.
20400
20401 \(fn)" nil nil)
20402
20403 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20404
20405 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20406 Completion for `which'.
20407
20408 \(fn)" nil nil)
20409
20410 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20411 Completion for the `chown' command.
20412
20413 \(fn)" nil nil)
20414
20415 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20416 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20417
20418 \(fn)" nil nil)
20419
20420 ;;;***
20421 \f
20422 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20423 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20424 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18177
20425 ;;;;;; 870))
20426 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20427
20428 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20429 Support extensible programmable completion.
20430 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20431 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20432
20433 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20434
20435 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20436 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20437
20438 \(fn)" t nil)
20439
20440 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20441 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20442 This will modify the current buffer.
20443
20444 \(fn)" t nil)
20445
20446 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20447 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20448
20449 \(fn)" t nil)
20450
20451 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20452 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20453 This will modify the current buffer.
20454
20455 \(fn)" t nil)
20456
20457 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20458 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20459
20460 \(fn)" t nil)
20461
20462 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20463 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20464
20465 \(fn)" t nil)
20466
20467 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20468 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20469 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20470 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20471 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20472
20473 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20474
20475 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20476 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20477
20478 \(fn)" nil nil)
20479
20480 ;;;***
20481 \f
20482 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20483 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20484 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18194 36639))
20485 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20486
20487 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20488 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20489 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20490 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20491
20492 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20493
20494 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20495
20496 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20497 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20498 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20499 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20500 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20501 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20502 FLAGS is ignored.
20503
20504 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20505
20506 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20507 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20508 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20509 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20510 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20511 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20512 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20513 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20514
20515 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20516
20517 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20518 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20519 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20520 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20521 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20522 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20523 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20524 passed to cvs.
20525
20526 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20529 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20530 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20531 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20532 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20533 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20534 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20535
20536 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20537
20538 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20539
20540 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20541 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20542 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20543
20544 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20545
20546 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20547 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20548 A value of nil means never do it.
20549 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20550 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20551 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20552
20553 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20554
20555 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20556 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20557 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20558
20559 ;;;***
20560 \f
20561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18190 39678))
20562 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20563
20564 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20565
20566 ;;;***
20567 \f
20568 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20569 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
20570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20571 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20572
20573 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20574 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20575 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20576 Tab indents for Perl code.
20577 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20578 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20579 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20580 \\{perl-mode-map}
20581 Variables controlling indentation style:
20582 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20583 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20584 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20585 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20586 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20587 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20588 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20589 `perl-nochange'
20590 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20591 `perl-indent-level'
20592 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20593 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20594 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20595 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20596 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20597 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20598 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20599 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20600 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20601 `perl-brace-offset'
20602 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20603 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20604 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20605 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20606 `perl-label-offset'
20607 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20608 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20609 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20610
20611 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20612 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20613 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20614 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20615 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20616 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20617 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20618
20619 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20620
20621 \(fn)" t nil)
20622
20623 ;;;***
20624 \f
20625 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20626 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20627 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20628 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18177 871))
20629 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20630
20631 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20632 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20633
20634 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20635
20636 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20637 passphrase cache or user.
20638
20639 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20640
20641 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20642 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20643
20644 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20645 cache or user.
20646
20647 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20648
20649 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20650 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20651
20652 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20653 the region.
20654
20655 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20656 passphrase cache or user.
20657
20658 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20659
20660 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20661 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20662
20663 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20664
20665 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20666 the region.
20667
20668 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20669 passphrase cache or user.
20670
20671 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20672
20673 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20674 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20675
20676 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20677 passphrase cache or user.
20678
20679 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20680
20681 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20682 Decrypt the current buffer.
20683
20684 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20685 the region.
20686
20687 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20688 passphrase cache or user.
20689
20690 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20691
20692 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20693 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20694
20695 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20696 a detached signature.
20697
20698 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20699 and the output is displayed.
20700
20701 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20702 passphrase cache or user.
20703
20704 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20705
20706 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20707 Sign the current buffer.
20708
20709 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20710 detached signature.
20711
20712 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20713 within the region.
20714
20715 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20716 and the output is displayed.
20717
20718 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20719 passphrase cache or user.
20720
20721 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20722
20723 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20724 Verify the current region between START and END.
20725 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20726 the detached signature of the current region.
20727
20728 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20729 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20730
20731 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20732
20733 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20734 Verify the current buffer.
20735 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20736 the detached signature of the current region.
20737 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20738 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20739 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20740 within the region.
20741
20742 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20743
20744 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20745 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20746
20747 \(fn)" t nil)
20748
20749 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20750 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20751
20752 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20753
20754 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20755 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20756
20757 \(fn)" t nil)
20758
20759 ;;;***
20760 \f
20761 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20762 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
20763 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20764
20765 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20766 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20767
20768 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20769
20770 ;;;***
20771 \f
20772 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20773 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
20774 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20775
20776 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20777 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20778 \\<picture-mode-map>
20779 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20780 afterwards settable by these commands:
20781
20782 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20783 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20784 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20785 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20786
20787 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20788 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20789 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20790 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20791
20792 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20793 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20794 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20795 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20796
20797 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20798 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20799 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20800 with these commands:
20801
20802 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20803 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20804 Move to column following last
20805 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20806 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20807 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20808 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20809 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20810 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20811
20812 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20813
20814 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20815 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20816 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20817 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20818 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20819 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20820
20821 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20822 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20823 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20824 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20825 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20826 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20827 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20828
20829 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20830 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20831 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20832 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20833 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20834 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20835 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20836 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20837
20838 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20839 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20840 by supplying an argument.
20841
20842 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20843
20844 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20845 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20846
20847 \(fn)" t nil)
20848
20849 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20850
20851 ;;;***
20852 \f
20853 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20854 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
20855 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20856
20857 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20858 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20859 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20860
20861 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20862
20863 ;;;***
20864 \f
20865 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18177 871))
20866 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20867
20868 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20869 Play pong and waste time.
20870 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20871 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20872
20873 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20874
20875 \\{pong-mode-map}
20876
20877 \(fn)" t nil)
20878
20879 ;;;***
20880 \f
20881 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20882 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18177 858))
20883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20884
20885 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20886 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20887 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20888 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20889
20890 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20891
20892 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20893 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20894
20895 \(fn)" nil nil)
20896
20897 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20898 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20899 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20900 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20901 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20902
20903 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20904
20905 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20906 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20907 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20908
20909 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20910
20911 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20912 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20913 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20914 Ignores leading comment characters.
20915
20916 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20917
20918 ;;;***
20919 \f
20920 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20921 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20922 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20923 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20924 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20925 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20926 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20927 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20928 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20929 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20930 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20931 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20932 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20933 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20934 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20935 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20936 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20937 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20938 ;;;;;; (18231 31063))
20939 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20940
20941 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20942 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20943
20944 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20945
20946 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20947
20948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20949
20950 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20951 Preview directory using ghostview.
20952
20953 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20954 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20955 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20956 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20957
20958 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20959 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20960 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20961 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20962 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20963 file name.
20964
20965 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20966
20967 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20968
20969 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20970 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20971
20972 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20973 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20974 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20975 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20976
20977 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20978 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20979 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20980 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20981 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20982 file name.
20983
20984 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20985
20986 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20987
20988 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20989 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20990
20991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20992 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20993 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20994 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20995
20996 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20997 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20998 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20999 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21000 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21001 file name.
21002
21003 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21004
21005 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21006
21007 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21008 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21009
21010 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21011
21012 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21013 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21014 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21015 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21016
21017 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21018 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21019 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21020 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21021 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21022 file name.
21023
21024 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21025
21026 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21027
21028 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21029 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21030
21031 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21032 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21033 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21034
21035 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21036 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21037 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21038 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21039
21040 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21041
21042 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21043 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21044
21045 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21046 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21047 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21048
21049 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21050 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21051 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21052 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21053
21054 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21055
21056 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21057 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21058
21059 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21060 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21061 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21062
21063 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21064 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21065 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21066 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21067
21068 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21069
21070 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21071 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21072
21073 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21074
21075 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21076 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21077 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21078
21079 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21080 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21081 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21082 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21083
21084 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21085
21086 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21087 Preview region using ghostview.
21088
21089 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21090
21091 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21092
21093 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21094 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21095
21096 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21097
21098 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21099
21100 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21101 Print region using PostScript printer.
21102
21103 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21104
21105 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21106
21107 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21108 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21109
21110 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21111
21112 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21113
21114 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21115 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21116
21117 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21118
21119 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21120
21121 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21122 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21123
21124 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21125
21126 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21127
21128 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21129 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21130
21131 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21132
21133 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21134
21135 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21136 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21137
21138 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21139
21140 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21141
21142 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21143 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21144 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21145 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21146
21147 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21148 matching.
21149
21150 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21151 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21152
21153 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21154
21155 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21156
21157 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21158 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21159 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21160 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21161
21162 \(fn)" t nil)
21163
21164 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21165 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21166 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21167 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21168
21169 \(fn)" t nil)
21170
21171 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21172 Print directory using text printer.
21173
21174 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21175 matching.
21176
21177 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21178 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21179
21180 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21181
21182 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21183
21184 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21185 Print buffer using text printer.
21186
21187 \(fn)" t nil)
21188
21189 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21190 Print region using text printer.
21191
21192 \(fn)" t nil)
21193
21194 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21195 Print major mode using text printer.
21196
21197 \(fn)" t nil)
21198
21199 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21200 Preview spooled PostScript.
21201
21202 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21203 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21204 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21205
21206 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21207 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21208 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21209
21210 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21211
21212 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21213 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21214
21215 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21216 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21217 instead of sending it to the printer.
21218
21219 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21220 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21221 image in a file with that name.
21222
21223 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21224
21225 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21226 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21227
21228 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21229 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21230 instead of sending it to the printer.
21231
21232 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21233 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21234 image in a file with that name.
21235
21236 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21237
21238 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21239 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21240
21241 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21242 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21243 instead of sending it to the printer.
21244
21245 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21246 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21247 image in a file with that name.
21248
21249 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21250
21251 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21252 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21253
21254 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21255
21256 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21257 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21258
21259 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21260
21261 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21262 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21263
21264 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21265
21266 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21267 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21268
21269 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21270
21271 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21272 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21273
21274 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21275
21276 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21277 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21278
21279 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21280 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21281 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21282 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21283
21284 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21285 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21286 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21287 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21288 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21289 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21290 file name.
21291
21292 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21295 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21296
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21300 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21301
21302 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21303 right.
21304 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21305 bottom.
21306
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21308
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21310 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21311
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21315 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21316
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21318
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21320 Toggle printing with faces.
21321
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21323
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21325 Toggle spooling.
21326
21327 \(fn)" t nil)
21328
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21330 Toggle duplex.
21331
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21333
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21335 Toggle tumble.
21336
21337 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21338 right.
21339 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21340 bottom.
21341
21342 \(fn)" t nil)
21343
21344 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21345 Toggle landscape.
21346
21347 \(fn)" t nil)
21348
21349 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21350 Toggle upside-down.
21351
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21355 Toggle line number.
21356
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21358
21359 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21360 Toggle zebra stripes.
21361
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21363
21364 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21365 Toggle printing header.
21366
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21368
21369 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21370 Toggle printing header frame.
21371
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21375 Toggle menu lock.
21376
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21378
21379 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21380 Toggle auto region.
21381
21382 \(fn)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21385 Toggle auto mode.
21386
21387 \(fn)" t nil)
21388
21389 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21390 Customization of the `printing' group.
21391
21392 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21393
21394 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21395 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21396
21397 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21398
21399 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21400 Help for the printing package.
21401
21402 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21403
21404 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21405 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21406
21407 \(fn)" t nil)
21408
21409 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21410 Interactively select a text printer.
21411
21412 \(fn)" t nil)
21413
21414 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21415 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21416
21417 \(fn)" t nil)
21418
21419 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21420 Show current ps-print settings.
21421
21422 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21423
21424 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21425 Show current printing settings.
21426
21427 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21428
21429 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21430 Show current lpr settings.
21431
21432 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21433
21434 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21435 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21436
21437 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21438 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21439 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21440 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21441
21442
21443 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21444
21445 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21446 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21447 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21448
21449 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21450 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21451 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21452 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21453 current active printer.
21454
21455 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21456 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21457 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21458 printer.
21459
21460 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21461 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21462 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21463 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21464 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21465
21466
21467 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21468 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21469
21470 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21471
21472 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21473 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21474 be done using the new current active printer.
21475
21476 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21477 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21478 printer.
21479
21480 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21481 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21482 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21483 instead of sending it to the printer.
21484
21485 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21486 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21487 printer.
21488
21489 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21490
21491
21492 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21493 are both set to t.
21494
21495 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21496
21497 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21498 Fast fire function for text printing.
21499
21500 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21501 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21502 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21503 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21504
21505 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21506 user for a new active text printer.
21507
21508 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21509
21510 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21511
21512 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21513 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21514 printer.
21515
21516 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21517
21518 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21519 are both set to t.
21520
21521 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21522
21523 ;;;***
21524 \f
21525 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21526 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
21527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21528
21529 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21530 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21531 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21532 Commands:
21533 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21534 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21535 if that value is non-nil.
21536
21537 \(fn)" t nil)
21538
21539 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21540
21541 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21542 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21543 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21544
21545 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21546
21547 ;;;***
21548 \f
21549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18177 874))
21550 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21551
21552 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21553 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21554 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21555
21556 ;;;***
21557 \f
21558 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18231
21559 ;;;;;; 31070))
21560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21561
21562 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21563 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21564
21565 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21566
21567 The following variables hold user options, and can
21568 be set through the `customize' command:
21569
21570 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21571 `ps-mode-tab'
21572 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21573 `ps-mode-print-function'
21574 `ps-run-prompt'
21575 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21576 `ps-run-x'
21577 `ps-run-dumb'
21578 `ps-run-init'
21579 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21580 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21581
21582 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21583
21584
21585 \\{ps-mode-map}
21586
21587
21588 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21589 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21590 The keymap for this second window is:
21591
21592 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21593
21594
21595 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21596 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21597 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21598 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21599 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21600
21601 \(fn)" t nil)
21602
21603 ;;;***
21604 \f
21605 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21606 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21607 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21608 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21609 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21610 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18231
21611 ;;;;;; 31064))
21612 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21613
21614 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21615 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21616 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21617
21618 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21619
21620 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21621 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21622 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21623 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21624
21625 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21626
21627 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21628 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21629
21630 Valid values are:
21631
21632 nil Do not print colors.
21633
21634 t Print colors.
21635
21636 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21637 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21638
21639 Any other value is treated as t.")
21640
21641 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21642
21643 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21644 Customization of ps-print group.
21645
21646 \(fn)" t nil)
21647
21648 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21649 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21650
21651 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21652 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21653 sending it to the printer.
21654
21655 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21656 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21657 image in a file with that name.
21658
21659 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21660
21661 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21662 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21663 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21664 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21665 so it has a way to determine color values.
21666
21667 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21668
21669 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21670 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21671 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21672
21673 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21674
21675 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21676 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21677 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21678 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21679 so it has a way to determine color values.
21680
21681 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21682
21683 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21684 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21685 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21686 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21687
21688 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21689
21690 \(fn)" t nil)
21691
21692 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21693 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21694 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21695 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21696 so it has a way to determine color values.
21697
21698 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21699
21700 \(fn)" t nil)
21701
21702 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21703 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21704 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21705
21706 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21707
21708 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21709
21710 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21711 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21712 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21713 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21714 so it has a way to determine color values.
21715
21716 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21717
21718 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21719
21720 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21721 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21722
21723 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21724 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21725 instead of sending it to the printer.
21726
21727 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21728 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21729 image in a file with that name.
21730
21731 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21732
21733 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21734 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21735 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21736 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21737 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21738
21739 \(fn)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21742 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21743 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21744
21745 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21746
21747 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21748 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21749 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21750
21751 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21752
21753 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21754 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21755
21756 \(fn)" nil nil)
21757
21758 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21759 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21760
21761 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21762 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21763
21764 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21765 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21766
21767 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21768
21769 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21770
21771 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21772
21773 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21774 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21775
21776 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21777 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21778
21779 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21780 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21781
21782 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21783
21784 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21785
21786 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21787
21788 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21789 foreground and background colors respectively.
21790
21791 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21792 bold - use bold font.
21793 italic - use italic font.
21794 underline - put a line under text.
21795 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21796 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21797 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21798 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21799 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21800
21801 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21802
21803 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21804
21805 ;;;***
21806 \f
21807 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21808 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
21809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21810
21811 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21812
21813 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21814
21815 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21816
21817 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21818 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21819 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21820 buffer automatically.
21821
21822 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21823 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21824 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21825 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21826 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21827 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21828 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21829
21830 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21831 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21832 buffer for a list of commands.)
21833
21834 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21835
21836 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21837 Major mode for editing Python files.
21838 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21839 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21840 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21841 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21842
21843 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21844 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21845 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21846 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21847 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21848 \\<python-mode-map>
21849 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21850 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21851 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21852 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21853 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21854 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21855
21856 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21857 effect outside them.
21858
21859 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21860 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21861 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21862 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21863 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21864 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21865 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21866 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21867 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21868
21869 \\{python-mode-map}
21870
21871 \(fn)" t nil)
21872
21873 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21874 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21875 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21876 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21877
21878 \(fn)" t nil)
21879
21880 ;;;***
21881 \f
21882 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21883 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
21884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21885
21886 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21887 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21888 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21889 coding-system.
21890
21891 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21892 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21893
21894 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21895 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21896 them into characters should be done separately.
21897
21898 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21899
21900 ;;;***
21901 \f
21902 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21903 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21904 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21905 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21906 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18177 865))
21907 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21908
21909 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21910 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21911
21912 \(fn)" nil nil)
21913
21914 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21915 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21916 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21917
21918 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21919 `quail-activate', which see.
21920
21921 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21922
21923 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21924 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21925 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21926 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21927 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21928 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21929 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21930
21931 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21932 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21933 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21934 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21935 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21936 shown.
21937 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21938
21939 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21940 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21941 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21942 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21943 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21944 list of candidates.
21945
21946 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21947 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21948 command to be called.
21949
21950 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21951 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21952 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21953 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21954
21955 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21956 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21957 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21958 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21959 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21960 to t.
21961
21962 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21963 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21964 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21965 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21966
21967 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21968 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21969 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21970 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21971
21972 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21973 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21974 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21975 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21976 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21977 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21978
21979 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21980 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21981 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21982 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21983 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21984 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21985
21986 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21987 covers Quail translation region.
21988
21989 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21990 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21991 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21992 for it) is inserted.
21993
21994 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21995 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21996 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21997
21998 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21999 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22000 non-Quail commands.
22001
22002 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22003
22004 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22005 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22006
22007 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22008 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22009 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22010 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22011 you type is correctly handled.
22012
22013 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22014
22015 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22016 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22017
22018 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22019 keyboard type.
22020
22021 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22022
22023 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22024 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22025 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22026 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22027 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22028 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22029 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22030 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22031 for the translation.
22032 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22033
22034 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22035 it is used to handle KEY.
22036
22037 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22038 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22039 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22040 the following annotation types are supported.
22041
22042 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22043 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22044
22045 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22046 candidate list.
22047
22048 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22049 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22050 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22051 inserted.
22052
22053 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22054 generated for the following translations.
22055
22056 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22057
22058 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22059 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22060
22061 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22062 which to install MAP.
22063
22064 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22065
22066 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22067
22068 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22069 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22070
22071 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22072 which to install MAP.
22073
22074 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22075
22076 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22077
22078 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22079 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22080 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22081 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22082 a function, or a cons.
22083 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22084 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22085 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22086 for the translation.
22087 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22088 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22089 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22090 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22091 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22092
22093 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22094 it is used to handle KEY.
22095
22096 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22097 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22098 current Quail package.
22099
22100 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22101 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22102
22103 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22104
22105 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22106 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22107
22108 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22109 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22110
22111 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22112
22113 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22114 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22115
22116 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22117
22118 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22119 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22120 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22121 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22122 of the Emacs source tree.
22123
22124 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22125 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22126
22127 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22128 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22129 of each directory.
22130
22131 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22132
22133 ;;;***
22134 \f
22135 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22136 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22137 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18177
22138 ;;;;;; 869))
22139 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22140
22141 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22142 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22143 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22144 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22145
22146 To make use of this do something like:
22147
22148 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22149
22150 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22151
22152 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22153 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22154
22155 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22156 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22157 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22158
22159 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22160
22161 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22162 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22163
22164 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22165
22166 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22167 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22168
22169 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22170 is decided.
22171
22172 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22173
22174 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22175 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22176
22177 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22178 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22179 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22180
22181 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22182
22183 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22184 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22185
22186 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22187
22188 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22189 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22190
22191 \(fn)" t nil)
22192
22193 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22194 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22195
22196 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22197
22198 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22199
22200 \(fn)" t nil)
22201
22202 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22203 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22204
22205 \(fn)" t nil)
22206
22207 ;;;***
22208 \f
22209 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22210 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18231 31069))
22211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22212
22213 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22214 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22215
22216 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22217
22218 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22219
22220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22221
22222 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22223
22224 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22225 Not documented
22226
22227 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22228
22229 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22230 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22231 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22233 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22234 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22235
22236 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22237
22238 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22239 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22240
22241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22242
22243 ;;;***
22244 \f
22245 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18177
22246 ;;;;;; 869))
22247 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22248
22249 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22250 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22251 See \\[compile].
22252
22253 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22254
22255 ;;;***
22256 \f
22257 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22258 ;;;;;; (18190 39682))
22259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22260
22261 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22262
22263 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22264 Construct a regexp interactively.
22265
22266 \(fn)" t nil)
22267
22268 ;;;***
22269 \f
22270 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18190 39678))
22271 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22272
22273 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22274 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22275 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22277 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22278 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22279
22280 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22281
22282 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22283 Toggle recentf mode.
22284 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22285 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22286
22287 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22288 that were operated on recently.
22289
22290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22291
22292 ;;;***
22293 \f
22294 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22295 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22296 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22297 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18177
22298 ;;;;;; 874))
22299 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22300
22301 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22302 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22303 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22304 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22305
22306 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22307
22308 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22309
22310 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22311 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22312 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22313 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22314 ends.
22315
22316 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22317 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22318 to be deleted.
22319
22320 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22321
22322 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22323 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22324 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22325
22326 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22327 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22328 deleted.
22329
22330 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22331
22332 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22333 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22334 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22335
22336 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22337
22338 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22339 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22340
22341 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22342 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22343
22344 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22345 deleted.
22346
22347 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22348 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22349 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22350 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22351 even beep.)
22352
22353 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22354
22355 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22356 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22357
22358 \(fn)" t nil)
22359
22360 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22361 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22362 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22363 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22364 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22365 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22366 and point is at the lower right corner.
22367
22368 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22369
22370 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22371 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22372
22373 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22374 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22375
22376 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22377 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22378 on the right side of the rectangle.
22379
22380 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22381
22382 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22383
22384 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22385 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22386 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22387 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22388 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22389
22390 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22391 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22392
22393 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22394
22395 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22396 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22397 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22398
22399 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22400
22401 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22402
22403 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22404
22405 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22406 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22407
22408 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22409 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22410 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22411
22412 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22413
22414 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22415 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22416 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22417
22418 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22419 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22420 rectangle which were empty.
22421
22422 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22423
22424 ;;;***
22425 \f
22426 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18177
22427 ;;;;;; 876))
22428 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22429
22430 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22431 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22432 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22433
22434 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22435 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22436 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22437
22438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22439
22440 ;;;***
22441 \f
22442 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22443 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18231 31070))
22444 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22445
22446 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22447 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22448
22449 \(fn)" nil nil)
22450
22451 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22452 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22453
22454 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22455 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22456
22457 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22458 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22459 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22460 \\ref macro.
22461
22462 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22463 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22464 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22465
22466 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22467 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22468 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22469
22470 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22471 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22472
22473 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22474 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22475
22476 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22477 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22478 on the menu bar.
22479
22480 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22481
22482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22483
22484 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22485 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22486 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22487
22488 \(fn)" nil nil)
22489
22490 ;;;***
22491 \f
22492 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22493 ;;;;;; (18194 36640))
22494 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22495
22496 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22497 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22498 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22499 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22500 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22501 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22502
22503 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22504
22505 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22506
22507 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22508 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22509 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22510 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22511 `reftex-cite-format'.
22512
22513 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22514 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22515 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22516 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22517
22518 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22519
22520 ;;;***
22521 \f
22522 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22523 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22524 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22525
22526 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22527 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22528 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22529 the current TeX document.
22530
22531 With no argument, this command toggles
22532 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22533 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22534
22535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22536
22537 ;;;***
22538 \f
22539 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22540 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22542
22543 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22544 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22545 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22546
22547 To insert new phrases, use
22548 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22549 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22550
22551 To index phrases use one of:
22552
22553 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22554 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22555 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22556 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22557 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22558
22559 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22560 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22561
22562 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22563
22564 Here are all local bindings.
22565
22566 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22567
22568 \(fn)" t nil)
22569
22570 ;;;***
22571 \f
22572 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22573 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22574 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22575
22576 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22577 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22578 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22579 of master file.
22580
22581 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22582
22583 ;;;***
22584 \f
22585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18177
22586 ;;;;;; 876))
22587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22588 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22589 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22590 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22591 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22592
22593 ;;;***
22594 \f
22595 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22596 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
22597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22598
22599 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22600 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22601 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22602 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22603 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22604 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22605
22606 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22607 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22608
22609 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22610 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22611
22612 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22613
22614 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22615 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22616 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22617 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22618
22619 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22620
22621 ;;;***
22622 \f
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-clipboard remember-other-frame remember)
22624 ;;;;;; "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (18230 21316))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22626
22627 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22628 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22629 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22630 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22631
22632 With a prefix, use the region as INITIAL.
22633
22634 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22635
22636 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22637 Call `remember' in another frame.
22638
22639 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22640
22641 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22642 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22643 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22644 application.
22645
22646 \(fn)" t nil)
22647
22648 ;;;***
22649 \f
22650 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries) "remember-diary"
22651 ;;;;;; "textmodes/remember-diary.el" (18230 21313))
22652 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember-diary.el
22653
22654 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember-diary" "\
22655 Extract diary entries from the region.
22656
22657 \(fn)" nil nil)
22658
22659 ;;;***
22660 \f
22661 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18190 39678))
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22663
22664 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22665 Repeat most recently executed command.
22666 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22667 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22668 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22669
22670 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22671 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22672 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22673 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22674
22675 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22676 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22677 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22678
22679 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22680
22681 ;;;***
22682 \f
22683 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22684 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22686
22687 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22688 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22689
22690 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22691 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22692 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22693 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22694 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22695 and point is left after the salutation.
22696
22697 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22698 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22699 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22700 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22701 left after that text.
22702
22703 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22704 is non-nil.
22705
22706 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22707 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22708 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22709 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22710
22711 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22712
22713 ;;;***
22714 \f
22715 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22716 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
22717 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22718
22719 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22720 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22721 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22722 visibility of comments that precede it.
22723 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22724 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22725 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22726 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22727 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22728 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22729 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22730 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22731 the comment lines.
22732 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22733 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22734 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22735 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22736 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22737
22738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22739 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22740
22741 ;;;***
22742 \f
22743 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18177
22744 ;;;;;; 874))
22745 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22746
22747 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22748 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22749
22750 \(fn)" nil nil)
22751
22752 ;;;***
22753 \f
22754 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22755 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
22756 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22757
22758 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22759 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22760 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22761
22762 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22763 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22764 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22765
22766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22767
22768 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22769 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22770 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22772 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22773 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22774
22775 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22776
22777 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22778 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22779 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22780
22781 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22782 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22783 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22784
22785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22786
22787 ;;;***
22788 \f
22789 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22790 ;;;;;; (18195 4247))
22791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22792
22793 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22794 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22795
22796 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22797
22798 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22799 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22800
22801 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22802
22803 ;;;***
22804 \f
22805 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18177 869))
22806 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22807 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22808
22809 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22810 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22811 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22812 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22813
22814 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22815
22816 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22817 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22818 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22819 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22820
22821 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22822 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22823
22824 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22825 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22826
22827 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22828 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22829 INPUT-ARGS.
22830
22831 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22832 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22833 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22834 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22835 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22836
22837 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22838 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22839 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22840 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22841
22842 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22843 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22844 variable.
22845
22846 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22847
22848 ;;;***
22849 \f
22850 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22851 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22852 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22853 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22854 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22855 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22856 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18194
22857 ;;;;;; 36639))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22859
22860 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22861 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22862 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22863
22864 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22865
22866 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22867 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22868 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22869 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22870
22871 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22872
22873 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22874 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22875 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22876 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22877 value is the user's email address and name.)
22878 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22879
22880 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22881 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22882 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22883 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22884 which normally happens once for each message,
22885 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22886 To make a change in this variable take effect
22887 for a message that you have already viewed,
22888 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22889
22890 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22891
22892 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22893 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22894 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22895 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22896
22897 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22898
22899 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22900 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22901
22902 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22903
22904 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22905 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22906 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22907 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22908
22909 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22910
22911 (defvar rmail-highlight-face 'rmail-highlight "\
22912 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22913
22914 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlight-face "rmail" t)
22915
22916 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22917 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22918
22919 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
22920
22921 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22922 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22923 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22924 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22925 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22926
22927 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22928
22929 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22930 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22931 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22932 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22933
22934 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
22935
22936 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22937 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22938
22939 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22940
22941 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22942 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22943
22944 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22945
22946 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
22947 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22948
22949 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
22950
22951 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22952 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22953
22954 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22955 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22956
22957 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22958 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22959
22960 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22961
22962 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22963 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22964
22965 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22966 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22967 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22968 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22969
22970 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22971 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22972
22973 This is set to nil by default.")
22974
22975 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22976 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22977 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22978 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22979 until a user explicitly requires it.
22980
22981 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22982 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22983 in your session.")
22984
22985 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
22986
22987 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22988 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22989 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22990 It is called with no argument.")
22991
22992 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22993 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22994 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22995 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22996 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22997 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22998 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22999
23000 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23001 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23002 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23003 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23004 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23005 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23006
23007 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23008 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23009 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23010 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23011 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23012
23013 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23014 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23015 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23016 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23017 MSG is the message number,
23018 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23019 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23020
23021 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23022 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23023 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23024 this feature is required with `require'.
23025
23026 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23027 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23028
23029 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23030 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23031 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23032 the message is decoded as normal way.
23033
23034 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23035 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23036 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23037
23038 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23039 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23040 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23041
23042 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23043 Read and edit incoming mail.
23044 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23045 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23046 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23047
23048 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23049 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23050 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23051 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23052
23053 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23054
23055 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23056
23057 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23058 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23059 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23060 Instead, these commands are available:
23061
23062 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23063 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23064 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23065 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23066 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23067 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23068 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23069 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23070 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23071 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23072 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23073 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23074 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23075 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23076 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23077 till a deleted message is found.
23078 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23079 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23080 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23081 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23082 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23083 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23084 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23085 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23086 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23087 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23088 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23089 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23090 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23091 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23092 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23093 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23094 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23095 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23096 (label defaults to last one specified).
23097 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23098 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23099 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23100 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23101 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23102 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23103 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23104 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23105 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23106
23107 \(fn)" t nil)
23108
23109 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23110 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23111
23112 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23113
23114 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23115 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23116
23117 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23118
23119 ;;;***
23120 \f
23121 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23122 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
23123 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23124
23125 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23126 Edit the contents of this message.
23127
23128 \(fn)" t nil)
23129
23130 ;;;***
23131 \f
23132 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23133 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23134 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18177 867))
23135 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23136
23137 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23138 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23139 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23140
23141 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23142
23143 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23144 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23145 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23146
23147 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23148
23149 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23150 Not documented
23151
23152 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23153
23154 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23155 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23156 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23157 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23158 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23159
23160 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23161
23162 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23163 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23164 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23165 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23166 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23167
23168 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23169
23170 ;;;***
23171 \f
23172 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23173 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
23174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23175
23176 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23177 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23178 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23179 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23180
23181 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23182
23183 ;;;***
23184 \f
23185 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23186 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23187 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18177 867))
23188 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23189
23190 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23191 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23192 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23193 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23194 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23195 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23196 a file name as a string.")
23197
23198 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23199
23200 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23201 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23202 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23203 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23204 buffer visiting that file.
23205 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23206 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23207
23208 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23209 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23210
23211 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23212 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23213
23214 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23215 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23216
23217 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23218
23219 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23220 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23221
23222 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23223
23224 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23225 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23226 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23227 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23228 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23229
23230 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23231 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23232 will be appended with their original headers.
23233
23234 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23235 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23236
23237 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23238 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23239
23240 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23241
23242 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23243
23244 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23245 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23246 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23247
23248 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23249
23250 ;;;***
23251 \f
23252 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23253 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23254 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18177
23255 ;;;;;; 867))
23256 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23257
23258 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23259 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23260 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23261
23262 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23263
23264 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23265 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23266 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23267
23268 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23269
23270 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23271 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23272 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23273
23274 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23275
23276 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23277 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23278 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23279
23280 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23281
23282 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23283 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23284 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23285
23286 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23287
23288 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23289 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23290 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23291
23292 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23293
23294 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23295 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23296 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23297 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23298
23299 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23300
23301 ;;;***
23302 \f
23303 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23304 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23305 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23306 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23307 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18177 867))
23308 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23309
23310 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23311 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23312
23313 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23314
23315 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23316 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23317
23318 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23319
23320 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23321 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23322
23323 \(fn)" t nil)
23324
23325 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23326 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23327 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23328
23329 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23330
23331 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23332 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23333 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23334 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23335 only look in the To and From fields.
23336 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23337
23338 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23339
23340 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23341 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23342 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23343 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23344 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23345
23346 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23347
23348 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23349 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23350 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23351 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23352 look in the whole message.
23353 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23354
23355 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23356
23357 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23358 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23359 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23360
23361 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23362
23363 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23364 *Function to decode summary-line.
23365
23366 By default, `identity' is set.")
23367
23368 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23369
23370 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23371 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23372 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23373 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23374 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23375 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23376 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23377
23378 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23379 sent by you under different user names.
23380 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23381
23382 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23383
23384 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23385
23386 ;;;***
23387 \f
23388 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23389 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
23390 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23391
23392 (autoload 'news-post-news "rnewspost" "\
23393 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23394 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23395 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23396
23397 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23398
23399 ;;;***
23400 \f
23401 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23402 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (17928 6535))
23403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23404
23405 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23406 Define a robin package.
23407
23408 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23409 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23410 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23411 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23412
23413 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23414 one replaces the old one.
23415
23416 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23417
23418 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23419 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23420
23421 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23422 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23423 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23424
23425 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23426
23427 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23428 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23429
23430 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23431
23432 ;;;***
23433 \f
23434 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23435 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18177 874))
23436 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23437
23438 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23439 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23440
23441 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23442
23443 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23444 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23445
23446 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23447
23448 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23449 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23450
23451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23452
23453 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23454 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23455 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23456
23457 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23458 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23459 in ROT13.
23460
23461 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23462
23463 \(fn)" t nil)
23464
23465 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23466 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23467
23468 \(fn)" t nil)
23469
23470 ;;;***
23471 \f
23472 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18177
23473 ;;;;;; 874))
23474 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23475
23476 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23477 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23478
23479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23480
23481 ;;;***
23482 \f
23483 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18190
23484 ;;;;;; 39682))
23485 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23486
23487 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23488 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23489 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23490 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23491
23492 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23493
23494 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23495 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23496 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23497 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23498
23499 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23500 notation.
23501
23502 STRING
23503 matches string STRING literally.
23504
23505 CHAR
23506 matches character CHAR literally.
23507
23508 `not-newline', `nonl'
23509 matches any character except a newline.
23510
23511 `anything'
23512 matches any character
23513
23514 `(any SET ...)'
23515 `(in SET ...)'
23516 `(char SET ...)'
23517 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23518 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23519 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23520
23521 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23522 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23523 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23524 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23525
23526 `(not (any SET ...))'
23527 matches any character not in SET ...
23528
23529 `line-start', `bol'
23530 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23531 in the text being matched
23532
23533 `line-end', `eol'
23534 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23535
23536 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23537 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23538 string being matched against.
23539
23540 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23541 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23542 string being matched against.
23543
23544 `buffer-start'
23545 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23546 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23547
23548 `buffer-end'
23549 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23550 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23551
23552 `point'
23553 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23554
23555 `word-start', `bow'
23556 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23557
23558 `word-end', `eow'
23559 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23560
23561 `word-boundary'
23562 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23563 word.
23564
23565 `(not word-boundary)'
23566 `not-word-boundary'
23567 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23568 word.
23569
23570 `symbol-start'
23571 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23572
23573 `symbol-end'
23574 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23575
23576 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23577 matches 0 through 9.
23578
23579 `control', `cntrl'
23580 matches ASCII control characters.
23581
23582 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23583 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23584
23585 `blank'
23586 matches space and tab only.
23587
23588 `graphic', `graph'
23589 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23590 space, and DEL.
23591
23592 `printing', `print'
23593 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23594 and DEL.
23595
23596 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23597 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23598 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23599
23600 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23601 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23602 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23603
23604 `ascii'
23605 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23606
23607 `nonascii'
23608 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23609
23610 `lower', `lower-case'
23611 matches anything lower-case.
23612
23613 `upper', `upper-case'
23614 matches anything upper-case.
23615
23616 `punctuation', `punct'
23617 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23618 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23619
23620 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23621 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23622
23623 `word', `wordchar'
23624 matches anything that has word syntax.
23625
23626 `not-wordchar'
23627 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23628
23629 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23630 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23631 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23632 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23633
23634 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23635 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23636 `word' (\\sw)
23637 `symbol' (\\s_)
23638 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23639 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23640 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23641 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23642 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23643 `escape' (\\s\\)
23644 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23645 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23646 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23647 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23648 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23649
23650 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23651 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23652
23653 `(category CATEGORY)'
23654 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23655 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23656
23657 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23658 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23659 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23660 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23661 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23662 `symbol' (\\c5)
23663 `digit' (\\c6)
23664 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23665 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23666 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23667 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23668 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23669 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23670 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23671 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23672 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23673 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23674 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23675 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23676 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23677 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23678 `ascii' (\\ca)
23679 `arabic' (\\cb)
23680 `chinese' (\\cc)
23681 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23682 `greek' (\\cg)
23683 `korean' (\\ch)
23684 `indian' (\\ci)
23685 `japanese' (\\cj)
23686 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23687 `latin' (\\cl)
23688 `lao' (\\co)
23689 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23690 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23691 `thai' (\\ct)
23692 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23693 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23694 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23695 `can-break' (\\c|)
23696
23697 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23698 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23699
23700 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23701 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23702 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23703 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23704 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23705
23706 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23707 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23708 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23709 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23710
23711 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23712 another name for `submatch'.
23713
23714 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23715 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23716 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23717 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23718 regular expression.
23719
23720 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23721 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23722 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23723 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23724 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23725
23726 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23727 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23728
23729 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23730 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23731
23732 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23733 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23734 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23735
23736 `(* SEXP ...)'
23737 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23738 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23739
23740 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23741 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23742 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23743
23744 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23745 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23746 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23747
23748 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23749 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23750
23751 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23752 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23753
23754 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23755 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23756 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23757 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23758
23759 `(? SEXP ...)'
23760 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23761
23762 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23763 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23764
23765 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23766 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23767 matches N occurrences.
23768
23769 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23770 matches N or more occurrences.
23771
23772 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23773 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23774 matches N to M occurrences.
23775
23776 `(backref N)'
23777 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23778
23779 `(backref N)'
23780 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23781
23782 `(backref N)'
23783 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23784
23785 `(eval FORM)'
23786 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23787 `regexp-quote' it.
23788
23789 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23790 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23791
23792 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23793
23794 ;;;***
23795 \f
23796 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23797 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
23798 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23799
23800 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23801 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23802 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23803 interface.")
23804
23805 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23806
23807 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23808 Toggle savehist-mode.
23809 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23810 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23811 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23812 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23813
23814 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23815 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23816 which is probably undesirable.
23817
23818 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23819
23820 ;;;***
23821 \f
23822 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23823 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
23824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23825
23826 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23827 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23828 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23829
23830 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23831 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23832 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23833 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23834 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23835 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23836 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23837 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23838
23839 Commands:
23840 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23841 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23842 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23843 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23844 if that value is non-nil.
23845
23846 \(fn)" t nil)
23847
23848 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23849 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23850 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23851
23852 Commands:
23853 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23854 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23855 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23856 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23857 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23858 that variable's value is a string.
23859
23860 \(fn)" t nil)
23861
23862 ;;;***
23863 \f
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23865 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23867
23868 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23869 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23870 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23871
23872 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23873
23874 \(fn)" t nil)
23875
23876 ;;;***
23877 \f
23878 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (18177
23879 ;;;;;; 870))
23880 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23881
23882 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
23883 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23884 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23885 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23886
23887 Interesting variables:
23888
23889 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23890 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23891
23892 `scribe-electric-quote'
23893 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23894
23895 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23896 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23897 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23898
23899 \(fn)" t nil)
23900
23901 ;;;***
23902 \f
23903 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23904 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
23905 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23906
23907 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23908 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23909 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23912 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23913
23914 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23915
23916 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23917 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23918 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23919 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23920 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23921
23922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23923
23924 ;;;***
23925 \f
23926 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23927 ;;;;;; (18213 1255))
23928 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23929
23930 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23931 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23932 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23933 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23934 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23935 during scrolling.
23936
23937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23938
23939 ;;;***
23940 \f
23941 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23942 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23943 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23944 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23945 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23946 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23947 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23948 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23949 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18203 51789))
23950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23951
23952 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
23953 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23954
23955 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23956 king@grassland.com
23957 If `parens', they look like:
23958 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23959 If `angles', they look like:
23960 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23961 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23962 derived from the envelope-from address.
23963
23964 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23965 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23966 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23967 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23968
23969 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23970
23971 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23972 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23973 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23974 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23975
23976 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23977 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23978 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23979 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23980
23981 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23982
23983 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23984 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23985 This is done when the message is initialized,
23986 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23987
23988 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23989
23990 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23991 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23992 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23993
23994 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23995
23996 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23997
23998 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23999 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24000 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24001 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24002 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24003 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24004 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24005
24006 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24007
24008 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24009 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24010
24011 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24012
24013 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24014 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24015 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24016
24017 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24018
24019 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24020 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24021 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24022 when you first send mail.")
24023
24024 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24025
24026 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24027 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24028 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24029 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24030 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24031
24032 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24033
24034 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24035 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24036 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24037 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24038 This file need not actually exist.")
24039
24040 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24041
24042 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24043 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24044 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24045
24046 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24047
24048 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24049 Alist of mail address aliases,
24050 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24051 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24052 can specify a different file name.)
24053 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24054 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24055
24056 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24057 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24058 nil means use indentation.")
24059
24060 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24061
24062 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24063 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24064 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24065
24066 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24067
24068 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24069 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24070 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24071 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24072 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24073 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24074 in the cited portion of the message.
24075
24076 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24077 instead of no action.")
24078
24079 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24080
24081 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24082 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24083 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24084 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24085 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24086
24087 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24088
24089 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24090 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24091 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24092 If a string, that string is inserted.
24093 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24094 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24095 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24096 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24097
24098 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24099
24100 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24101 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24102
24103 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24104
24105 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24106 Directory for mail buffers.
24107 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24108 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24109
24110 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24111
24112 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24113 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24114 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24115 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24116
24117 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24118
24119 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24120 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24121 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24122 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24123 is non-nil.")
24124
24125 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24126
24127 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24128 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24129 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24130 `query' means ask the user each time.
24131 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24132 The default is `mime'.
24133 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24134 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24135
24136 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24137
24138 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24139 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24140 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24141
24142 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24143 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24144
24145 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24146 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24147 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24148 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24149 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24150 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24151 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24152 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24153 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24154 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24155 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24156 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24157 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24158
24159 \(fn)" t nil)
24160
24161 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24162 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24163
24164 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24165 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24166
24167 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24168
24169 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24170 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24171 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24172 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24173 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24174 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24175
24176 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24177 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24178 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24179
24180 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24181 User should not set this variable manually,
24182 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24183 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24184 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24185 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24186
24187 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24188 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24189 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24190 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24191
24192 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24193 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24194
24195 \\<mail-mode-map>
24196 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24197
24198 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24199 to move to message header fields:
24200 \\{mail-mode-map}
24201
24202 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24203 when the message is initialized.
24204
24205 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24206 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24207
24208 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24209 is inserted.
24210
24211 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24212 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24213
24214 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24215 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24216 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24217 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24218 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24219 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24220 buffer without erasing the contents.
24221
24222 The second through fifth arguments,
24223 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24224 the initial contents of those header fields.
24225 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24226 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24227 original message being replied to, or else an action
24228 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24229 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24230 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24231 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24232 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24233 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24234
24235 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24236
24237 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24238 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24239
24240 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24241
24242 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24243 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24244
24245 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24246
24247 ;;;***
24248 \f
24249 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24250 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18231 31064))
24251 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24252
24253 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24254 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24255 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24256 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24257 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24258 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24259
24260 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24261 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24262
24263 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24264
24265 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24266 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24267 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24269 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24270 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24271
24272 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24273
24274 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24275 Toggle Server mode.
24276 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24277 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24278 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24279
24280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24281
24282 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24283 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24284
24285 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24286
24287 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24288 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24289
24290 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24291
24292 ;;;***
24293 \f
24294 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18231 31064))
24295 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24296
24297 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24298 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24299 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24300
24301 Key definitions:
24302 \\{ses-mode-map}
24303 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24304 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24305 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24306 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24307
24308 \(fn)" t nil)
24309
24310 ;;;***
24311 \f
24312 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24313 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
24314 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24315
24316 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24317 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24318 Makes > match <.
24319 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24320 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24321
24322 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24323 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24324 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24325
24326 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24327 in your `.emacs' file.
24328
24329 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24330
24331 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24332 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24333 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24334
24335 \(fn)" t nil)
24336
24337 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24338
24339 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24340 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24341 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24342 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24343 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24344 which this is based.
24345
24346 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24347
24348 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24349 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24350 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24351 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24352
24353 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24354 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24355 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24356
24357 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24358 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24359 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24360 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24361
24362 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24363 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24364 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24365 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24366
24367 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24368
24369 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24370 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24371 To work around that, do:
24372 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24373
24374 \\{html-mode-map}
24375
24376 \(fn)" t nil)
24377
24378 ;;;***
24379 \f
24380 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24381 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
24382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24383 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24384
24385 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24386 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24387 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24388 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24389 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24390 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24391
24392 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24393 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24394 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24395 shell-specific features.
24396
24397 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24398 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24399 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24400 \\<sh-mode-map>
24401 \\[sh-case] case statement
24402 \\[sh-for] for loop
24403 \\[sh-function] function definition
24404 \\[sh-if] if statement
24405 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24406 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24407 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24408 \\[sh-select] select loop
24409 \\[sh-until] until loop
24410 \\[sh-while] while loop
24411
24412 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24413 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24414 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24415 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24416 would indent to the way it currently is.
24417 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24418 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24419
24420
24421 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24422 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24423 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24424 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24425 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24426 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24427
24428 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24429 {, (, [, ', \", `
24430 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24431
24432 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24433 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24434 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24435
24436 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24437 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24438
24439 \(fn)" t nil)
24440
24441 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24442
24443 ;;;***
24444 \f
24445 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (18177 862))
24446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24447
24448 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24449 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24450 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24451 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24452 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24453 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24454
24455 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24456
24457 ;;;***
24458 \f
24459 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24460 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
24461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24462
24463 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24464 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24465
24466 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24467 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24468 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24469 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24470 the earlier.
24471
24472 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24473
24474 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24475
24476 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24477 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24478 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24479
24480 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24481 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24482
24483 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24484 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24485 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24486 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24487 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24488 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24489 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24490 Emacs version).
24491
24492 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24493 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24494 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24495 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24496 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24497
24498 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24499 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24500 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24501
24502 \(fn)" t nil)
24503
24504 ;;;***
24505 \f
24506 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24507 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18231
24508 ;;;;;; 31064))
24509 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24510
24511 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24512 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24513 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24514 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24515 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24516 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24517 sites in the cluster.
24518
24519 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24520
24521 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24522 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24523 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24524 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24525 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24526
24527 \(fn)" t nil)
24528
24529 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24530 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24531 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24532 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24533 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24534 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24535 `shadow-define-cluster').
24536
24537 \(fn)" t nil)
24538
24539 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24540 Set up file shadowing.
24541
24542 \(fn)" t nil)
24543
24544 ;;;***
24545 \f
24546 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24547 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
24548 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24549
24550 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24551 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24552 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24553 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24554 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24555 arguments.")
24556
24557 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24558
24559 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24560 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24561 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24562 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24563 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24564
24565 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24566 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24567 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24568 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24569 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24570 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24571 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24572 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24573 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24574 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24575 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24576
24577 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24578 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24579 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24580 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24581 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24582 `default-process-coding-system'.
24583
24584 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24585 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24586 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24587 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24588
24589 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24590
24591 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24592 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24593
24594 ;;;***
24595 \f
24596 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24597 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18231 31069))
24598 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24599
24600 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24601 Not documented
24602
24603 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24604
24605 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24606 Not documented
24607
24608 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24609
24610 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24611 Not documented
24612
24613 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24614
24615 ;;;***
24616 \f
24617 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24618 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
24619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24620
24621 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24622 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24623 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24624 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24625 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24626
24627 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24628
24629 \(fn)" t nil)
24630
24631 ;;;***
24632 \f
24633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18231 31064))
24634 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24635 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24636
24637 ;;;***
24638 \f
24639 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18231
24640 ;;;;;; 31070))
24641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24642
24643 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24644 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24645 \\{simula-mode-map}
24646 Variables controlling indentation style:
24647 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24648 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24649 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24650 `simula-indent-level'
24651 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24652 `simula-substatement-offset'
24653 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24654 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24655 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24656 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24657 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24658 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24659 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24660 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24661 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24662 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24663 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24664 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24665 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24666 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24667 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24668 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24669 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24670 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24671 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24672 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24673 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24674 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24675 or nil if they should not be changed.
24676 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24677 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24678 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24679 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24680
24681 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24682 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24683
24684 \(fn)" t nil)
24685
24686 ;;;***
24687 \f
24688 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24689 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18177 874))
24690 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24691
24692 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24693 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24694
24695 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24696 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24697 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24698 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24699
24700 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24701
24702 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24703 Insert SKELETON.
24704 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24705 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24706 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24707 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24708 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24709
24710 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24711 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24712
24713 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24714
24715 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24716 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24717
24718 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24719 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24720 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24721 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24722
24723 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24724 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24725 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24726 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24727
24728 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24729 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24730 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24731
24732 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24733 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24734
24735 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24736 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24737
24738 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24739 _ interesting point, interregion here
24740 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24741 interesting point set by _
24742 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24743 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24744 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24745 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24746 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24747 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24748 nil skipped
24749
24750 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24751 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24752
24753 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24754 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24755 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24756 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24757 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24758 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24759 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24760 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24761
24762 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24763 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24764 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24765 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24766 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24767 available:
24768
24769 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24770 then: insert previously read string once more
24771 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24772 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24773 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24774
24775 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24776 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24777
24778 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24779
24780 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24781 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24782
24783 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24784 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24785 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24786 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24787 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24788 such as backslash.
24789
24790 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24791 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24792 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24793
24794 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24795
24796 ;;;***
24797 \f
24798 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24799 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
24800 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24801
24802 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24803 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24804 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24805 buffer names.
24806
24807 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24808
24809 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24810 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24811 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24812
24813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24814
24815 ;;;***
24816 \f
24817 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24818 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
24819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24820
24821 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24822 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24823 A list of images is returned.
24824
24825 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24826
24827 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24828 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24829 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24830
24831 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24832
24833 ;;;***
24834 \f
24835 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24836 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18177 867))
24837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24838
24839 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24840 Not documented
24841
24842 \(fn)" nil nil)
24843
24844 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24845 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24846
24847 \(fn)" t nil)
24848
24849 ;;;***
24850 \f
24851 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18177 871))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24853
24854 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24855 Play the Snake game.
24856 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24857
24858 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24859
24860 Snake mode keybindings:
24861 \\<snake-mode-map>
24862 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24863 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24864 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24865 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24866 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24867 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24868 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24869
24870 \(fn)" t nil)
24871
24872 ;;;***
24873 \f
24874 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24875 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24877
24878 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24879 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24880 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24881 Tab indents for C code.
24882 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24883 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24884 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24885 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24886 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24887
24888 \(fn)" t nil)
24889
24890 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24891 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24892 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24893 Tab indents for C code.
24894 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24895 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24896 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24897 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24898 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24899
24900 \(fn)" t nil)
24901
24902 ;;;***
24903 \f
24904 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24905 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24906 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18177 856))
24907 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24908
24909 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
24910 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24911
24912 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24913 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24914 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24915
24916 For example, the form
24917
24918 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24919 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24920
24921 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24922
24923 (custom-autoload 'calendar-time-display-form "solar" t)
24924
24925 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24926 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24927
24928 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24929 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24930 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24931 York City.
24932
24933 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24934
24935 (custom-autoload 'calendar-latitude "solar" t)
24936
24937 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24938 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24939
24940 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24941 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24942 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24943 York City.
24944
24945 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24946
24947 (custom-autoload 'calendar-longitude "solar" t)
24948
24949 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
24950 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24951 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24952 pair.
24953
24954 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24955
24956 (custom-autoload 'calendar-location-name "solar" t)
24957
24958 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24959 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24960 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24961
24962 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24963 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24964
24965 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24966
24967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24968
24969 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
24970 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24971 Requires floating point.
24972
24973 \(fn)" nil nil)
24974
24975 ;;;***
24976 \f
24977 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18190
24978 ;;;;;; 39683))
24979 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24980
24981 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24982 Play Solitaire.
24983
24984 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24985 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24986 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24987 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24988 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24989 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24990 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24991 check after each move or undo)
24992
24993 What is Solitaire?
24994
24995 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24996 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24997 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24998
24999 Le Solitaire
25000 ============
25001
25002 o o o
25003
25004 o o o
25005
25006 o o o o o o o
25007
25008 o o o . o o o
25009
25010 o o o o o o o
25011
25012 o o o
25013
25014 o o o
25015
25016 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25017 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25018 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25019 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25020
25021 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25022 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25023 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25024 this: o o .
25025
25026 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25027 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25028
25029 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25030
25031 o o o
25032
25033 . o o
25034
25035 o o . o o o o
25036
25037 o . o o o o o
25038
25039 o o o o o o o
25040
25041 o o o
25042
25043 o o o
25044
25045 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25046
25047 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25048
25049 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25050
25051 ;;;***
25052 \f
25053 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25054 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25055 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18177 874))
25056 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25057 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25058
25059 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25060 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25061
25062 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25063 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25064 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25065 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25066 contiguous.
25067
25068 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25069 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25070 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25071 the sort order.
25072
25073 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25074 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25075
25076 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25077 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25078 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25079 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25080 is called.
25081
25082 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25083 It should move point to the end of the record.
25084
25085 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25086 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25087 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25088 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25089 starts at the beginning of the record.
25090
25091 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25092 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25093 same as ENDRECFUN.
25094
25095 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25096 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25097
25098 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25099
25100 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25101 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25102 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25103 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25104 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25105 the sort order.
25106
25107 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25108
25109 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25110 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25111 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25112 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25113 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25114 the sort order.
25115
25116 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25117
25118 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25119 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25120 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25121 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25122 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25123 the sort order.
25124
25125 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25126 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25127
25128 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25129 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25130 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25131 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25132 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25133 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25134 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25135 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25136 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25137
25138 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25139
25140 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25141 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25142 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25143 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25144 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25145 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25146 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25147 the sort order.
25148
25149 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25150
25151 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25152 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25153 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25154 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25155 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25156 is to be used for sorting.
25157 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25158 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25159 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25160 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25161 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25162
25163 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25164
25165 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25166 the sort order.
25167
25168 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25169 starting with the letter \"f\",
25170 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25171
25172 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25173
25174 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25175 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25176 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25177 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25178 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25179 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25180 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25181 the sort order.
25182
25183 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25184 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25185 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25186 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25187 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25188
25189 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25190
25191 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25192 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25193 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25194
25195 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25196
25197 ;;;***
25198 \f
25199 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18231
25200 ;;;;;; 31069))
25201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25202
25203 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25204 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25205 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25206 can call spam-initialize before you set spam-use-* variables on
25207 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25208 installed through spam-necessary-extra-headers.
25209
25210 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25211
25212 ;;;***
25213 \f
25214 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25215 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25216 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18231 31069))
25217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25218
25219 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25220 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25221
25222 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25223 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25224 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25225
25226 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25227
25228 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25229 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25230 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25231 server.
25232
25233 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25234
25235 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25236 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25237 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25238
25239 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25240
25241 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25242 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25243 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25244 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25245 Agent is plugged.
25246
25247 \(fn)" t nil)
25248
25249 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25250 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25251 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25252 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25253
25254 \(fn)" t nil)
25255
25256 ;;;***
25257 \f
25258 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25259 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18190 39679))
25260 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25261
25262 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25263
25264 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25265 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25266 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25267 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25268 supported at a time.
25269 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25270 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25271
25272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25273
25274 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25275 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25276 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25277 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25278
25279 \(fn)" t nil)
25280
25281 ;;;***
25282 \f
25283 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25284 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18177 876))
25285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25286
25287 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25288
25289 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25290 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25291 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25292 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25293 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25294 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25295
25296 \(fn)" t nil)
25297
25298 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25299 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25300 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25301 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25302
25303 \(fn)" t nil)
25304
25305 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25306 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25307 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25308 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25309 for example, \"word\".
25310
25311 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25312
25313 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25314 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25315
25316 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25317
25318 ;;;***
25319 \f
25320 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18177
25321 ;;;;;; 871))
25322 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25323
25324 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25325 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25326
25327 \(fn)" t nil)
25328
25329 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25330 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25331
25332 \(fn)" nil nil)
25333
25334 ;;;***
25335 \f
25336 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25337 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25338 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25339 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18190
25340 ;;;;;; 39684))
25341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25342
25343 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25344 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25345
25346 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25347 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25348 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25349 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25350 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25351 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25352 of the current highlighting list.
25353
25354 For example:
25355
25356 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25357 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25358
25359 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25360 `_t' as data types.
25361
25362 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25363
25364 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25365 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25366
25367 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25368 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25369
25370 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25371
25372 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25373 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25374 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25375
25376 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25377
25378 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25379 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25380 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25381 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25382 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25383 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25384 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25385 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25386 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25387
25388 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25389
25390 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25391 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25392 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25393 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25394
25395 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25396 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25397 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25398 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25399
25400 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25401 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25402 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25403
25404 \(fn)" t nil)
25405
25406 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25407 Major mode to edit SQL.
25408
25409 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25410 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25411 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25412
25413 \\{sql-mode-map}
25414 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25415
25416 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25417 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25418 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25419 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25420 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25421 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25422
25423 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25424 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25425
25426 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25427 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25428 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25429
25430 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25431 (lambda ()
25432 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25433
25434 \(fn)" t nil)
25435
25436 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25437 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25438
25439 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25440 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25441 `*SQL*'.
25442
25443 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25444
25445 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25446
25447 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25448 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25449
25450 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25451 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25452 `*SQL*'.
25453
25454 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25455 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25456 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25457 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25458
25459 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25460 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25461
25462 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25463 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25464 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25465 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25466 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25467 `default-process-coding-system'.
25468
25469 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25470
25471 \(fn)" t nil)
25472
25473 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25474 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25475
25476 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25477 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25478 `*SQL*'.
25479
25480 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25481 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25482 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25483 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25484
25485 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25486 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25487
25488 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25489 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25490 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25491 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25492 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25493 `default-process-coding-system'.
25494
25495 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25496
25497 \(fn)" t nil)
25498
25499 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25500 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25501
25502 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25503 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25504 `*SQL*'.
25505
25506 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25507 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25508
25509 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25510 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25511
25512 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25513 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25514 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25515 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25516 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25517 `default-process-coding-system'.
25518
25519 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25520
25521 \(fn)" t nil)
25522
25523 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25524 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25525
25526 SQLite is free software.
25527
25528 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25529 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25530 `*SQL*'.
25531
25532 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25533 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25534 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25535 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25536
25537 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25538 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25539
25540 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25541 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25542 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25543 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25544 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25545 `default-process-coding-system'.
25546
25547 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25548
25549 \(fn)" t nil)
25550
25551 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25552 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25553
25554 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25555
25556 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25557 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25558 `*SQL*'.
25559
25560 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25561 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25562 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25563 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25564
25565 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25566 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25567
25568 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25569 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25570 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25571 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25572 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25573 `default-process-coding-system'.
25574
25575 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25576
25577 \(fn)" t nil)
25578
25579 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25580 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25581
25582 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25583 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25584 `*SQL*'.
25585
25586 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25587 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25588 defaults, if set.
25589
25590 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25591 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25592
25593 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25594 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25595 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25596 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25597 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25598 `default-process-coding-system'.
25599
25600 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25601
25602 \(fn)" t nil)
25603
25604 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25605 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25606
25607 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25608 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25609 `*SQL*'.
25610
25611 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25612 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25613
25614 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25615 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25616
25617 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25618 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25619 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25620 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25621 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25622 `default-process-coding-system'.
25623
25624 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25625
25626 \(fn)" t nil)
25627
25628 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25629 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25630
25631 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25632 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25633 `*SQL*'.
25634
25635 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25636 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25637 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25638 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25639
25640 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25641 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25642
25643 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25644 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25646 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25647 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25648 `default-process-coding-system'.
25649
25650 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25651
25652 \(fn)" t nil)
25653
25654 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25655 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25656
25657 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25658 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25659 `*SQL*'.
25660
25661 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25662 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25663 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25664 `sql-postgres-options'.
25665
25666 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25667 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25668
25669 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25670 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25671 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25672 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25673 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25674 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25675 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25676 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25677
25678 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25679 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25680
25681 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25682
25683 \(fn)" t nil)
25684
25685 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25686 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25687
25688 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25689 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25690 `*SQL*'.
25691
25692 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25693 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25694 defaults, if set.
25695
25696 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25697 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25698
25699 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25700 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25701 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25702 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25703 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25704 `default-process-coding-system'.
25705
25706 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25707
25708 \(fn)" t nil)
25709
25710 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25711 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25712
25713 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25714 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25715 `*SQL*'.
25716
25717 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25718 automatic login.
25719
25720 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25721 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25722
25723 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25724 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25725 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25726 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25727
25728 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25729 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25730 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25731 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25732 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25733 `default-process-coding-system'.
25734
25735 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25736
25737 \(fn)" t nil)
25738
25739 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25740 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25741
25742 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25743 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25744 `*SQL*'.
25745
25746 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25747 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25748 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25749 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25750 parameters.
25751
25752 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25753 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25754 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25755 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25756 an empty password.
25757
25758 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25759 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25760
25761 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25762
25763 \(fn)" t nil)
25764
25765 ;;;***
25766 \f
25767 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25768 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25769 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25770 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25771 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18231
25772 ;;;;;; 31064))
25773 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25774
25775 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25776 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25777 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25778 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25779 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25780 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25781
25782 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25783
25784 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25785
25786 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25787 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25788 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25789 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25790 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25791 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25792 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25793
25794 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25795
25796 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25797 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25798 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25799 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25800 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25801 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25802 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25803
25804 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25805
25806 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25807 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25808 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25809
25810 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25811
25812 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25813 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25814 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25815
25816 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25817
25818 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25819 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25820
25821 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25822
25823 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25824 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25825
25826 \(fn)" t nil)
25827
25828 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25829 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25830
25831 \(fn)" t nil)
25832
25833 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25834 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25835 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25836 chronologically by command name.
25837 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25838
25839 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25840
25841 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25842 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25843 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25845 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25846 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25847
25848 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25849
25850 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25851 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25852 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25853 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25854 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25855 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25856 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25857
25858 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25859 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25860 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25861 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25862
25863 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25864
25865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25866
25867 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25868 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25869 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25870 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25871
25872 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25873
25874 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25875 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25876
25877 \(fn)" t nil)
25878
25879 ;;;***
25880 \f
25881 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25882 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16511 54937))
25883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25884
25885 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25886 Studlify-case the region.
25887
25888 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25889
25890 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25891 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25892
25893 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25894
25895 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25896 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25897
25898 \(fn)" t nil)
25899
25900 ;;;***
25901 \f
25902 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18231 31064))
25903 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25904
25905 (autoload 'locate-library "subr" "\
25906 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25907 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25908 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25909 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25910 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25911
25912 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25913 is used instead of `load-path'.
25914
25915 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25916 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25917 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25918
25919 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25920
25921 ;;;***
25922 \f
25923 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25924 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
25925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25926
25927 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25928 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25929 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25930 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25931 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25932 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25933 original message but it does require a few things:
25934
25935 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25936
25937 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25938 reply buffer.
25939
25940 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25941 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25942 original message.
25943
25944 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25945
25946 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25947
25948 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25949 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25950 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25951
25952 \(fn)" nil nil)
25953
25954 ;;;***
25955 \f
25956 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18190
25957 ;;;;;; 39679))
25958 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25959
25960 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25961
25962 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
25963 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25964 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25965 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25966 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25967 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25968
25969 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25970
25971 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25972 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25973 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25974 otherwise turn it off.
25975
25976 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25977 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25978 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25979
25980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25981
25982 ;;;***
25983 \f
25984 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18177 875))
25985 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25986
25987 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25988 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25989 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25990 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25991 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25992
25993 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25994
25995 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25996 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25997 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25998 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25999 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26000 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26001 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26002
26003 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26004
26005 ;;;***
26006 \f
26007 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26008 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26009 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26010 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26011 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26012 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26013 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26014 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26015 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26016 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26017 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26018 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26019 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18190 39686))
26020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26021
26022 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26023 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26024 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26025
26026 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26027
26028 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26029 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26030
26031 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26032
26033 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26034 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26035
26036 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26037
26038 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26039 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26040
26041 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26042
26043 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26044 Insert an editable text table.
26045 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26046 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26047 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26048 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26049 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26050 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26051 delimiting them.
26052
26053 Examples:
26054
26055 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26056
26057 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26058 location of point.
26059
26060 -!-
26061
26062 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26063 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26064 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26065 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26066 first cell.
26067
26068 +-----+-----+-----+
26069 |-!- | | |
26070 +-----+-----+-----+
26071
26072 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26073
26074 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26075 width, which results as
26076
26077 +--------------+-----+-----+
26078 |-!- | | |
26079 +--------------+-----+-----+
26080
26081 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26082 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26083
26084 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26085 | | |-!- |
26086 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26087
26088 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26089 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26090 width information to `table-insert'.
26091
26092 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26093
26094 instead of
26095
26096 Cell width(s): 5
26097
26098 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26099 work all together.
26100
26101 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26102 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26103
26104 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26105 |-!- | | |
26106 | | | |
26107 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26108
26109 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26110
26111 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26112 |-!- | | |
26113 | | | |
26114 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26115 | | | |
26116 | | | |
26117 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26118
26119 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26120
26121 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26122 | | | |
26123 | | | |
26124 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26125 | | | |
26126 | | | |
26127 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26128 -!-
26129
26130 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26131 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26132 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26133
26134 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26135 | | | |
26136 | | | |
26137 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26138 | | | |
26139 | | | |
26140 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26141 |-!- | | |
26142 | | | |
26143 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26144
26145 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26146 results.
26147
26148 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26149 | | | |
26150 | | | |
26151 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26152 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26153 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26154 | | |expected results.-!- |
26155 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26156 | | | |
26157 | | | |
26158 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26159
26160 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26161
26162 \\{table-cell-map}
26163
26164 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26165
26166 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26167 Insert N table row(s).
26168 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26169 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26170 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26171 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26172
26173 \(fn N)" t nil)
26174
26175 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26176 Insert N table column(s).
26177 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26178 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26179 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26180 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26181
26182 \(fn N)" t nil)
26183
26184 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26185 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26186 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26187
26188 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26189
26190 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26191 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26192 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26193 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26194 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26195 all the table specific features.
26196
26197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26198
26199 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26200 Not documented
26201
26202 \(fn)" t nil)
26203
26204 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26205 Recognize all tables within region.
26206 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26207 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26208 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26209 specific features.
26210
26211 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26212
26213 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26214 Not documented
26215
26216 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26217
26218 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26219 Recognize a table at point.
26220 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26221 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26222 the table specific features.
26223
26224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26225
26226 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26227 Not documented
26228
26229 \(fn)" t nil)
26230
26231 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26232 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26233 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26234 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26235 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26236 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26237 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26238
26239 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26240
26241 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26242 Not documented
26243
26244 \(fn)" t nil)
26245
26246 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26247 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26248 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26249 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26250 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26251 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26252 specified.
26253
26254 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26255
26256 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26257 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26258 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26259 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26260 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26261 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26262 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26263 table structure.
26264
26265 \(fn N)" t nil)
26266
26267 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26268 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26269 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26270 table's rectangle structure.
26271
26272 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26273
26274 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26275 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26276 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26277 table's rectangle structure.
26278
26279 \(fn N)" t nil)
26280
26281 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26282 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26283 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26284 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26285 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26286
26287 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26288
26289 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26290 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26291 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26292
26293 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26294 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26295 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26296 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26297 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26298 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26299 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26300
26301 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26302 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26303 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26304 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26305 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26306 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26307 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26308
26309 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26310 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26311 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26312 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26313 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26314 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26315 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26316 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26317
26318 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26319
26320 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26321 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26322 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26323 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26324
26325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26326
26327 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26328 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26329 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26330
26331 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26332
26333 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26334 Split current cell vertically.
26335 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26336
26337 \(fn)" t nil)
26338
26339 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26340 Split current cell horizontally.
26341 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26342
26343 \(fn)" t nil)
26344
26345 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26346 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26347 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26348
26349 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26350
26351 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26352 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26353 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26354 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26355
26356 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26357
26358 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26359 Justify cell contents.
26360 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26361 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26362 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26363 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26364
26365 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26366
26367 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26368 Justify cells of a row.
26369 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26370 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26371
26372 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26373
26374 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26375 Justify cells of a column.
26376 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26377 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26378
26379 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26380
26381 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26382 Toggle fixing width mode.
26383 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26384 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26385 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26386
26387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26388
26389 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26390 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26391 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26392 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26393 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26394 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26395 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26396 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26397 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26398 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26399 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26400
26401 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26402
26403 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26404 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26405 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26406 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26407 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26408 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26409 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26410 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26411 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26412 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26413 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26414 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26415 untouched.
26416
26417 References used for this implementation:
26418
26419 HTML:
26420 http://www.w3.org
26421
26422 LaTeX:
26423 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26424
26425 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26426 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26427 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26428
26429 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26430
26431 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26432 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26433 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26434 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26435 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26436 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26437 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26438 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26439 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26440 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26441 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26442 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26443 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26444 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26445 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26446 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26447 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26448
26449 Example:
26450
26451 (progn
26452 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26453 (table-forward-cell 15)
26454 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26455 (table-forward-cell 16)
26456 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26457 (table-forward-cell 1)
26458 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26459
26460 (progn
26461 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26462 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26463 (table-forward-cell 1)
26464 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26465
26466 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26467
26468 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26469 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26470 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26471 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26472 consists from cells of same height.
26473
26474 \(fn N)" t nil)
26475
26476 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26477 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26478 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26479 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26480 column must consists from cells of same width.
26481
26482 \(fn N)" t nil)
26483
26484 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26485 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26486 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26487 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26488 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26489 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26490 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26491 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26492 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26493 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26494 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26495 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26496 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26497 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26498 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26499
26500
26501 Example 1:
26502
26503 1, 2, 3, 4
26504 5, 6, 7, 8
26505 , 9, 10
26506
26507 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26508 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26509 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26510 specified as 5.
26511
26512 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26513 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26514 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26515 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26516 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26517 | | 9 | 10 | |
26518 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26519
26520 Note:
26521
26522 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26523 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26524 of each row is optional.
26525
26526
26527 Example 2:
26528
26529 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26530 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26531 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26532 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26533 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26534
26535 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26536 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26537
26538 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26539 expression and raw delimiter regular
26540 expression, it parses the specified text
26541 area and extracts cell items from
26542 non-table text and then forms a table out
26543 of them.
26544
26545 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26546 creates a single cell table. The text in
26547 the specified region is placed in that
26548 cell.-*-
26549
26550 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26551 like this.
26552
26553 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26554 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26555 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26556 | |
26557 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26558 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26559 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26560 | area and extracts cell items from |
26561 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26562 | of them. |
26563 | |
26564 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26565 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26566 | the specified region is placed in that |
26567 | cell. |
26568 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26569
26570 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26571 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26572 independently.
26573
26574 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26575 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26576 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26577 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26578 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26579 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26580 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26581 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26582 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26583 | |of them. |
26584 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26585 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26586 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26587 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26588 | |cell. |
26589 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26590
26591 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26592 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26593 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26594
26595 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26596
26597 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26598 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26599 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26600 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26601 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26602
26603 \(fn)" t nil)
26604
26605 ;;;***
26606 \f
26607 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18190 39679))
26608 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26609
26610 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26611 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26612
26613 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26614
26615 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26616 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26617
26618 \(fn)" t nil)
26619
26620 ;;;***
26621 \f
26622 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18213 1256))
26623 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26624
26625 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26626 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26627 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26628 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26629 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26630 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26631 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26632
26633 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26634 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26635 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26636 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26637
26638 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26639 \\{tar-mode-map}
26640
26641 \(fn)" t nil)
26642
26643 ;;;***
26644 \f
26645 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26646 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18177 873))
26647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26648
26649 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26650 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26651 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26652 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26653 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26654 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26655
26656 Variables controlling indentation style:
26657 `tcl-indent-level'
26658 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26659 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26660 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26661
26662 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26663 documentation for details):
26664 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26665 Controls action of TAB key.
26666 `tcl-auto-newline'
26667 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26668 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26669 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26670 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26671 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26672
26673 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26674 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26675 already exist.
26676
26677 Commands:
26678 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26679
26680 \(fn)" t nil)
26681
26682 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26683 Run inferior Tcl process.
26684 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26685 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26686
26687 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26688
26689 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26690 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26691 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26692
26693 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26694
26695 ;;;***
26696 \f
26697 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18177 869))
26698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26699 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26700
26701 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26702 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26703 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26704 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26705
26706 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26707 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26708 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26709 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26710 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26711
26712 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26713 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26714
26715 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26716 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26717 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26718 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26719
26720 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26721
26722 ;;;***
26723 \f
26724 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18177
26725 ;;;;;; 875))
26726 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26727
26728 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26729 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26730 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26731 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26732 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26733 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26734
26735 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26736
26737 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26738 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26739 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26740 commands to use in that buffer.
26741
26742 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26743
26744 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26745
26746 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26747 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26748
26749 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26750
26751 ;;;***
26752 \f
26753 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18177
26754 ;;;;;; 875))
26755 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26756
26757 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26758 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26759 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26760 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26761 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26762 program as keyboard input.
26763
26764 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26765 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26766 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26767 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26768
26769 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26770 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26771 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26772 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26773 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26774
26775 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26776
26777 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26778 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26779 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26780 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26781
26782 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26783 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26784 subprocess started.
26785
26786 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26787
26788 ;;;***
26789 \f
26790 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26791 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
26792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26793
26794 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26795 Start coverage on function under point.
26796
26797 \(fn)" t nil)
26798
26799 ;;;***
26800 \f
26801 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18177 871))
26802 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26803
26804 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26805 Play the Tetris game.
26806 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26807 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26808 as to form complete rows.
26809
26810 tetris-mode keybindings:
26811 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26812 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26813 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26814 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26815 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26816 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26817 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26818 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26819 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26820
26821 \(fn)" t nil)
26822
26823 ;;;***
26824 \f
26825 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26826 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26827 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26828 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26829 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26830 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26831 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26832 ;;;;;; (18213 1261))
26833 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26834
26835 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26836 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26837
26838 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26839
26840 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26841 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26842 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26843 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26844 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26845
26846 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26847
26848 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26849 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26850 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26851 if it matches the first line of the file,
26852 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26853
26854 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26855
26856 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26857 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26858 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26859 if the variable is non-nil.")
26860
26861 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26862
26863 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26864 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26865
26866 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26867
26868 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26869 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26870 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26871 See the documentation of that variable.")
26872
26873 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26874
26875 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26876 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26877 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26878 See the documentation of that variable.")
26879
26880 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26881
26882 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26883 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26884 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26885 See the documentation of that variable.")
26886
26887 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26888
26889 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26890 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26891 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26892 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26893 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26894
26895 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26896
26897 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26898 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26899 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26900 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26901
26902 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26903
26904 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26905 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26906 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26907
26908 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26909
26910 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26911 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26912 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26913 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26914
26915 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26916
26917 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26918 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26919 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26920 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26921
26922 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26923
26924 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26925 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26926 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26927 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26928
26929 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26930 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26931 for example,
26932
26933 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26934 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26935
26936 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26937 use.")
26938
26939 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26940
26941 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
26942 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26943 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26944 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26945 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26946
26947 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26948
26949 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26950
26951 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26952 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26953 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26954
26955 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26956
26957 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26958 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26959 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26960 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26961 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26962
26963 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26964
26965 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26966 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26967
26968 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26969
26970 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26971 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26972
26973 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26974
26975 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26976 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26977 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26978 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26979 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26980 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26981 says which mode to use.
26982
26983 \(fn)" t nil)
26984
26985 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26986
26987 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26988
26989 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26990
26991 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26992 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26993 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26994 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26995 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26996
26997 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26998 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26999 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27000 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27001 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27002 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27003 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27004
27005 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27006 mismatched $'s or braces.
27007
27008 Special commands:
27009 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27010
27011 Mode variables:
27012 tex-run-command
27013 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27014 tex-directory
27015 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27016 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27017 tex-dvi-print-command
27018 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27019 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27020 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27021 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27022 tex-dvi-view-command
27023 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27024 tex-show-queue-command
27025 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27026 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27027
27028 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27029 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27030 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27031
27032 \(fn)" t nil)
27033
27034 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27035 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27036 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27037 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27038 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27039
27040 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27041 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27042 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27043 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27044 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27045 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27046 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27047
27048 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27049 mismatched $'s or braces.
27050
27051 Special commands:
27052 \\{latex-mode-map}
27053
27054 Mode variables:
27055 latex-run-command
27056 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27057 tex-directory
27058 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27059 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27060 tex-dvi-print-command
27061 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27062 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27063 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27064 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27065 tex-dvi-view-command
27066 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27067 tex-show-queue-command
27068 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27069 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27070
27071 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27072 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27073 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27074
27075 \(fn)" t nil)
27076
27077 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27078 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27079 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27080 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27081 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27082
27083 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27084 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27085 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27086 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27087 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27088 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27089 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27090
27091 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27092 mismatched $'s or braces.
27093
27094 Special commands:
27095 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27096
27097 Mode variables:
27098 slitex-run-command
27099 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27100 tex-directory
27101 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27102 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27103 tex-dvi-print-command
27104 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27105 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27106 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27107 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27108 tex-dvi-view-command
27109 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27110 tex-show-queue-command
27111 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27112 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27113
27114 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27115 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27116 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27117 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27118
27119 \(fn)" t nil)
27120
27121 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27122 Not documented
27123
27124 \(fn)" nil nil)
27125
27126 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27127 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27128
27129 \(fn)" t nil)
27130
27131 ;;;***
27132 \f
27133 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27134 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18177 876))
27135 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27136
27137 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27138 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27139 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27140 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27141
27142 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27143 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27144 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27145
27146 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27147
27148 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27149 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27150 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27151 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27152 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27153
27154 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27155
27156 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27157 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27158 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27159 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27160
27161 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27162 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27163 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27164 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27165
27166 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27167 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27168
27169 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27170
27171 ;;;***
27172 \f
27173 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27174 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18190 39686))
27175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27176
27177 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27178 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27179
27180 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27181
27182 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27183 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27184
27185 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27186
27187 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27188 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27189
27190 It has these extra commands:
27191 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27192
27193 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27194 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27195 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27196 modified version of TeX input format.
27197
27198 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27199 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27200 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27201 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27202
27203 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27204 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27205 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27206 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27207 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27208 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27209 in the Texinfo file.
27210
27211 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27212 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27213 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27214 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27215 move forward past the closing brace.
27216
27217 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27218 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27219
27220 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27221 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27222 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27223
27224 Here are the functions:
27225
27226 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27227 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27228 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27229
27230 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27231 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27232 texinfo-master-menu
27233
27234 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27235
27236 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27237 which menu descriptions are indented.
27238
27239 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27240 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27241 in the region.
27242
27243 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27244 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27245 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27246 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27247
27248 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27249 be the first node in the file.
27250
27251 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27252 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27253
27254 \(fn)" t nil)
27255
27256 ;;;***
27257 \f
27258 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27259 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27260 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
27261 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27262
27263 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27264 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27265 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27266 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27267
27268 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27269
27270 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27271 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27272
27273 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27274
27275 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27276 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27277
27278 \(fn)" t nil)
27279
27280 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27281 Not documented
27282
27283 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27284
27285 ;;;***
27286 \f
27287 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27288 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27289 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18177 876))
27290 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27291
27292 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27293 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27294
27295 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27296
27297 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27298 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27299 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27300 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27301 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27302
27303 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27304 a symbol as a valid THING.
27305
27306 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27307 of the textual entity that was found.
27308
27309 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27310
27311 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27312 Return the THING at point.
27313 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27314 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27315 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27316
27317 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27318 a symbol as a valid THING.
27319
27320 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27321
27322 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27323 Not documented
27324
27325 \(fn)" nil nil)
27326
27327 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27328 Not documented
27329
27330 \(fn)" nil nil)
27331
27332 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27333 Not documented
27334
27335 \(fn)" nil nil)
27336
27337 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27338 Not documented
27339
27340 \(fn)" nil nil)
27341
27342 ;;;***
27343 \f
27344 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27345 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27346 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
27347 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27348
27349 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27350 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27351
27352 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27353
27354 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27355 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27356 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27357 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27358
27359 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27360
27361 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27362 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27363
27364 \(fn)" t nil)
27365
27366 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27367 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27368
27369 \(fn)" t nil)
27370
27371 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27372
27373 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27374 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27375
27376 \(fn)" t nil)
27377
27378 ;;;***
27379 \f
27380 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27381 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27382 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27383 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27384 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27385 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18177 866))
27386 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27387
27388 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27389 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27390 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27391
27392 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27393
27394 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27395 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27396
27397 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27398
27399 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27400 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27401 The returned string has no composition information.
27402
27403 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27404
27405 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27406 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27407
27408 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27409
27410 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27411 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27412
27413 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27414
27415 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27416 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27417 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27418 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27419
27420 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27421
27422 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27423 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27424 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27425 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27426
27427 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27428
27429 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27430 Not documented
27431
27432 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27433
27434 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27435 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27436 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27437
27438 \(fn)" t nil)
27439
27440 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27441 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27442 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27443
27444 \(fn)" t nil)
27445
27446 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27447 Not documented
27448
27449 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27450
27451 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27452 Not documented
27453
27454 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27455
27456 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27457 Not documented
27458
27459 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27460
27461 ;;;***
27462 \f
27463 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27464 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
27465 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27466
27467 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27468 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27469 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27470 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27471 parameters.
27472 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27473
27474 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27475
27476 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27477 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27478 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27479 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27480 parameters.
27481 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27482
27483 \(fn)" t nil)
27484
27485 ;;;***
27486 \f
27487 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-world display-time-mode display-time
27488 ;;;;;; display-time-day-and-date) "time" "time.el" (18231 31064))
27489 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27490
27491 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27492 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27493
27494 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27495
27496 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27497 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27498 This display updates automatically every minute.
27499 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27500 are displayed as well.
27501 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27502
27503 \(fn)" t nil)
27504
27505 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27506 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27507 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27508 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27509 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27510 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27511
27512 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27513
27514 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27515 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27516 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27517
27518 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27519 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27520 are displayed as well.
27521 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27522
27523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27524
27525 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27526 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27527 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27528 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27529
27530 \(fn)" t nil)
27531
27532 ;;;***
27533 \f
27534 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27535 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27536 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27537 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18177
27538 ;;;;;; 856))
27539 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27540
27541 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27542 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27543
27544 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27545
27546 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27547 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27548 You can use `float-time' instead.
27549
27550 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27551
27552 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27553 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27554
27555 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27556
27557 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27558 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27559
27560 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27561
27562 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27563 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27564
27565 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27566
27567 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27568 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27569 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27570
27571 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27572
27573 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27574
27575 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27576 Subtract two time values.
27577 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27578
27579 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27580
27581 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27582 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27583
27584 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27585
27586 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27587 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27588 DATE should be a date-time string.
27589
27590 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27591
27592 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27593 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27594 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27595
27596 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27597
27598 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27599 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27600
27601 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27602
27603 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27604 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27605
27606 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27607
27608 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27609 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27610 TIME should be a time value.
27611 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27612
27613 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27614
27615 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27616 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27617 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27618
27619 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27620
27621 ;;;***
27622 \f
27623 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27624 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18177 876))
27625 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27626 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27627 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27628 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27629 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27630 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27631 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27632 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27633
27634 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27635 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27636 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27637 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27638 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27639 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27640 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27641 look like one of the following:
27642 Time-stamp: <>
27643 Time-stamp: \" \"
27644 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27645 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27646 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27647 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27648 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27649 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27650 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27651 the template.
27652
27653 \(fn)" t nil)
27654
27655 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27656 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27657 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27658
27659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27660
27661 ;;;***
27662 \f
27663 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27664 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27665 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27666 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27667 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
27668 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27669
27670 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27671 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27672 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27673 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27674 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27675 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27676 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27677 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27678 display (non-nil means on).
27679
27680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27681
27682 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27683 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27684 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27685 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27686 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27687 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27688 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27689 this function is called within a day.
27690
27691 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27692 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27693 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27694 discover the name of the project.
27695
27696 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27697
27698 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27699 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27700 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27701 begun during the last time segment.
27702
27703 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27704 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27705 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27706 discover the reason.
27707
27708 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27709
27710 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27711 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27712 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27713 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27714 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27715
27716 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27717
27718 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27719 Change to working on a different project.
27720 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27721 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27722 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27723 working on.
27724
27725 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27726
27727 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27728 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27729 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27730
27731 \(fn)" nil nil)
27732
27733 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27734 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27735 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27736
27737 \(fn)" t nil)
27738
27739 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27740 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27741 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27742 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27743 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27744 \"relative to today\".
27745
27746 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27747
27748 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27749 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27750 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27751 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27752
27753 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27754
27755 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27756 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27757 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27758 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27759 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27760 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27761
27762 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27763
27764 ;;;***
27765 \f
27766 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27767 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27768 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18177 858))
27769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27770
27771 (defalias 'disable-timeout 'cancel-timer)
27772
27773 (autoload 'cancel-timer "timer" "\
27774 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27775
27776 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27777
27778 (autoload 'cancel-function-timers "timer" "\
27779 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27780 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27781 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27782
27783 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27784
27785 (autoload 'run-at-time "timer" "\
27786 Perform an action at time TIME.
27787 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27788 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27789 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27790 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27791 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27792 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27793 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27794 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27795 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27796 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27797 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27798
27799 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27800
27801 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27802
27803 (autoload 'run-with-timer "timer" "\
27804 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27805 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27806 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27807 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27808
27809 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27810
27811 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27812
27813 (autoload 'add-timeout "timer" "\
27814 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27815 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27816 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27817
27818 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27819
27820 (autoload 'run-with-idle-timer "timer" "\
27821 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27822 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27823 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27824 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27825 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27826 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27827
27828 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27829 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27830
27831 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27832
27833 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27834 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27835
27836 (autoload 'with-timeout "timer" "\
27837 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27838 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27839 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27840 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27841 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27842 be detected.
27843
27844 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27845
27846 ;;;***
27847 \f
27848 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27849 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18177 865))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27851
27852 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27853 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27854 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27855 the generated Quail package is saved.
27856
27857 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27858
27859 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27860 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27861 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27862 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27863 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27864 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27865 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27866
27867 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27868
27869 ;;;***
27870 \f
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27872 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18177
27873 ;;;;;; 866))
27874 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27875
27876 (autoload 'tamil-compose-region "tml-util" "\
27877 Not documented
27878
27879 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27880
27881 (autoload 'tamil-post-read-conversion "tml-util" "\
27882 Not documented
27883
27884 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27885
27886 (autoload 'tamil-composition-function "tml-util" "\
27887 Compose Tamil characters after the position POS.
27888 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
27889 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
27890
27891 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27892
27893 ;;;***
27894 \f
27895 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27896 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18190 39679))
27897 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27898 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27899 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27900
27901 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27902 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27903 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27904 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27905 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27906
27907 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27908
27909 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27910 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27911 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27912 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27913 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27914
27915 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27916
27917 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27918 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27919 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27920 in the menu in two ways:
27921 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27922 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27923 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27924
27925 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27926 keymap or an alist of alists.
27927 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27928 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27929
27930 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27931
27932 ;;;***
27933 \f
27934 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27935 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27936 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18177 856))
27937 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27938
27939 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27940 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27941
27942 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27943
27944 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27945 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27946
27947 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27948
27949 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27950 Insert new TODO list entry.
27951 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27952 category.
27953
27954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27955
27956 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27957 List top priorities for each category.
27958
27959 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27960 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27961
27962 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27963 between each category.
27964
27965 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27966
27967 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27968 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27969 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27970 between each category.
27971
27972 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27973
27974 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27975
27976 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27977 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27978
27979 \\{todo-mode-map}
27980
27981 \(fn)" t nil)
27982
27983 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27984 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27985
27986 \(fn)" nil nil)
27987
27988 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27989 Show TODO list.
27990
27991 \(fn)" t nil)
27992
27993 ;;;***
27994 \f
27995 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27996 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27997 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18190 39679))
27998 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27999
28000 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28001 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28002 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28003
28004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28005
28006 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28007
28008 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28009 Add an item to the tool bar.
28010 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28011 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28012 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28013 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28014
28015 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28016 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28017 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28018 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28019
28020 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28021 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28022
28023 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28024
28025 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28026 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28027 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28028 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28029 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28030 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28031
28032 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28033 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28034 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28035 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28036
28037 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28038
28039 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28040 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28041 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28042 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28043 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28044 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28045 properties to add to the binding.
28046
28047 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28048
28049 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28050 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28051
28052 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28053
28054 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28055 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28056 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28057 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28058 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28059 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28060 properties to add to the binding.
28061
28062 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28063 holds a keymap.
28064
28065 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28066
28067 ;;;***
28068 \f
28069 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28070 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
28071 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28072
28073 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28074 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28075 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28076 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28077 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28078 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28079
28080 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28081
28082 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28083 TPU/edt emulation.
28084
28085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28086
28087 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28088
28089 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28090 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28091
28092 \(fn)" t nil)
28093
28094 ;;;***
28095 \f
28096 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18177 858))
28097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28098
28099 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28100 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28101 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28102 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28103 to a tcp server on another machine.
28104
28105 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28106
28107 ;;;***
28108 \f
28109 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28110 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18177 858))
28111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28112
28113 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28114 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28115
28116 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28117
28118 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28119 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28120 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28121 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28122 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28123 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28124 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28125 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28126
28127 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28128
28129 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28130 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28131 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28132 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28133 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28134 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28135 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28136 the window or buffer configuration.
28137
28138 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28139
28140 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28141
28142 ;;;***
28143 \f
28144 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28145 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28146 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28147 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
28148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28149
28150 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28151 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28152
28153 It can have the following values:
28154
28155 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28156 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28157 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28158
28159 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28160
28161 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28162 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28163 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28164 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28165
28166 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28167 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28168 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28169 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28170
28171 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28172 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28173 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28174
28175 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28176 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28177 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28178 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28179 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28180 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28181 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28182 files which are not really Tramp files.
28183
28184 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28185 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28186 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28187 updated after changing this variable.
28188
28189 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28190
28191 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28192 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28193 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28194 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28195
28196 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28197 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28198 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28199 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28200
28201 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28202 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28203 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28204
28205 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28206 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28207 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28208
28209 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28210 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28211 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28212 updated after changing this variable.
28213
28214 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28215
28216 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28217 Alist of completion handler functions.
28218 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28219 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28220 normal Emacs functions.")
28221
28222 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28223 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28224 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28225 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28226
28227 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28228 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28229 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28230 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28231
28232 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28233 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28234 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28235
28236 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28237
28238 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28239 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28240 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28241
28242 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28243 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28244 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28245
28246 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28247 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28248 (add-hook
28249 'after-init-hook
28250 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28251
28252 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28253 Not documented
28254
28255 \(fn)" nil nil)
28256
28257 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28258 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28259
28260 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28261
28262 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28263 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28264
28265 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28266
28267 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28268 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28269
28270 \(fn)" t nil)
28271
28272 ;;;***
28273 \f
28274 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28275 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28277
28278 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28279 Not documented
28280
28281 \(fn)" nil nil)
28282
28283 ;;;***
28284 \f
28285 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18203
28286 ;;;;;; 51788))
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28288
28289 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28290 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28291 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28292 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28293 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28294 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28295 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28296 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28297
28298 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28299 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28300 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28301
28302 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28303 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28304 resumed later.
28305
28306 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28307
28308 ;;;***
28309 \f
28310 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28311 ;;;;;; (18177 848))
28312 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28313
28314 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28315 Not documented
28316
28317 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
28318
28319 ;;;***
28320 \f
28321 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28322 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18203 51793))
28323 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28324 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28325 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28326 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28327
28328 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28329 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28330 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28331 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28332 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28333 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28334 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28335
28336 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28337
28338 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28339 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28340 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28341 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28342
28343 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28344
28345 \(fn)" t nil)
28346
28347 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28348 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28349 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28350 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28351 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28352 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28353 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28354
28355 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28356 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28357
28358 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28359 \\___/\\
28360 / \\
28361 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28362
28363 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28364
28365 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28366
28367 ;;;***
28368 \f
28369 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28370 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28371 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28372 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28373 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
28374 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28375
28376 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28377 Toggle typing break mode.
28378 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28380 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28381
28382 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28383
28384 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28385 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28386
28387 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28388
28389 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28390 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28391
28392 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28393 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28394 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28395
28396 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28397 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28398
28399 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28400
28401 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28402 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28403
28404 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28405 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28406 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28407 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28408
28409 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28410
28411 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28412 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28413 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28414
28415 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28416 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28417 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28418 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28419 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28420 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28421
28422 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28423 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28424 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28425 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28426
28427 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28428 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28429
28430 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28431 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28432
28433 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28434
28435 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28436 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28437 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28438
28439 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28440 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28441 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28442 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28443 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28444 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28445 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28446
28447 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28448 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28449
28450 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28451 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28452 reset the keystroke counter.
28453
28454 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28455 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28456 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28457 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28458
28459 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28460 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28461 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28462 `type-break-schedule' command.
28463
28464 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28465 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28466 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28467 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28468 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28469 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28470 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28471 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28472 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28473
28474 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28475 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28476 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28477 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28478 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28479
28480 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28481 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28482 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28483 approximate good values for this.
28484
28485 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28486 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28487
28488 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28489 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28490 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28491 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28492 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28493 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28494
28495 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28496 a typing break occur. They include:
28497
28498 `type-break-query-mode'
28499 `type-break-query-function'
28500 `type-break-query-interval'
28501
28502 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28503
28504 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28505 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28506 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28507 problems.
28508
28509 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28510
28511 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28512 Take a typing break.
28513
28514 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28515 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28516
28517 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28518 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28519
28520 \(fn)" t nil)
28521
28522 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28523 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28524 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28525 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28526
28527 \(fn)" t nil)
28528
28529 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28530 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28531
28532 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28533 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28534 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28535 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28536 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28537 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28538 average typing speed.)
28539
28540 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28541 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28542 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28543 the computed maximum threshold.
28544
28545 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28546 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28547 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28548 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28549 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28550
28551 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28552
28553 ;;;***
28554 \f
28555 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28556 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18177 876))
28557 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28558
28559 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28560 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28561 Works by overstriking underscores.
28562 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28563 which specify the range to operate on.
28564
28565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28566
28567 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28568 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28569 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28570 which specify the range to operate on.
28571
28572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28573
28574 ;;;***
28575 \f
28576 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28577 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18177 867))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28579
28580 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28581 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28582 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28583
28584 \(fn)" t nil)
28585
28586 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28587 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28588 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28589 following the containing message.
28590
28591 \(fn)" t nil)
28592
28593 ;;;***
28594 \f
28595 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28596 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
28597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28598
28599 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28600 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28601 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28602 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28603 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28604 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28605
28606 \(fn)" nil nil)
28607
28608 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28609 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28610
28611 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28612
28613 ;;;***
28614 \f
28615 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18231
28616 ;;;;;; 31065))
28617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28618
28619 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28620 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28621 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28622 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28623
28624 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28625
28626 ;;;***
28627 \f
28628 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28629 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18177 877))
28630 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28631
28632 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28633 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28634 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28635
28636 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28637 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28638 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28639 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28640 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28641 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28642
28643 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28644 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28645 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28646
28647 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28648 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28649 the callback is not called).
28650
28651 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28652 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28653 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28654 take effect.
28655
28656 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28657
28658 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28659 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28660 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28661 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28662 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28663
28664 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28665
28666 ;;;***
28667 \f
28668 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28669 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18195 4247))
28670 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28671
28672 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28673 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28674 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28675
28676 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28677 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28678 `url-generic-parse-url'
28679 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28680 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28681 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28682 realm
28683 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28684 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28685 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28686 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28687 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28688 what type of auth to use
28689 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28690 if one cannot be found in the cache
28691
28692 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28693
28694 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28695 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28696
28697 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28698 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28699 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28700 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28701 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28702 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28703 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28704 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28705
28706 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28707
28708 ;;;***
28709 \f
28710 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28711 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18177
28712 ;;;;;; 877))
28713 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28714
28715 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28716 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28717
28718 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28719
28720 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28721 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28722
28723 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28724
28725 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28726 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28727
28728 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28729
28730 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28731 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28732
28733 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28734
28735 ;;;***
28736 \f
28737 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18177 877))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28739
28740 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28741 Not documented
28742
28743 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28744
28745 ;;;***
28746 \f
28747 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28748 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18190 39686))
28749 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28750
28751 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28752 Not documented
28753
28754 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28755
28756 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28757 Not documented
28758
28759 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28760
28761 ;;;***
28762 \f
28763 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18190
28764 ;;;;;; 39686))
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28766
28767 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28768 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28769
28770 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28771
28772 ;;;***
28773 \f
28774 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28775 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18177 877))
28776 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28777
28778 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28779 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28780
28781 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28782
28783 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28784 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28785 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28786 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28787 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28788
28789 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28790
28791 ;;;***
28792 \f
28793 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28794 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (18177
28795 ;;;;;; 877))
28796 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28797
28798 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28799 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28800 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28803 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28804
28805 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28806
28807 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28808 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28809
28810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28811
28812 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28813 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28814 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28815 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28816 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28817 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28818 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28819 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28820 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28821
28822 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28823
28824 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28825 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28826 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28827 accessible.
28828
28829 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28830
28831 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28832 Not documented
28833
28834 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28835
28836 ;;;***
28837 \f
28838 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28839 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18190 39686))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28841
28842 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28843 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28844 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28845 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28846 CBARGS as the arguments.
28847
28848 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28849
28850 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28851 Not documented
28852
28853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28854
28855 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28856
28857 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28858 Not documented
28859
28860 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28861
28862 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28863 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28864 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28865
28866 Property list members:
28867
28868 methods
28869 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28870 supports.
28871
28872 dav
28873 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28874 supported.
28875
28876 dasl
28877 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28878
28879 ranges
28880 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28881
28882 p3p
28883 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28884 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28885 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28886 Emacs/W3.
28887
28888 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28889
28890 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28891 Default HTTPS port.")
28892
28893 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28894 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28895
28896 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
28897 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28898 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28899 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28900 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28901
28902 ;;;***
28903 \f
28904 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18177 877))
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28906
28907 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28908 Not documented
28909
28910 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28911
28912 ;;;***
28913 \f
28914 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18177
28915 ;;;;;; 877))
28916 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28917
28918 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28919 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28920 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28921 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28922 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28923
28924 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28925
28926 ;;;***
28927 \f
28928 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28929 ;;;;;; (18190 39686))
28930 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28931
28932 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28933 Not documented
28934
28935 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28936
28937 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28938 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28939
28940 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28941
28942 ;;;***
28943 \f
28944 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28945 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18190 39686))
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28947
28948 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28949 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28950
28951 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28952
28953 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28954 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28955
28956 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28957
28958 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28959 Not documented
28960
28961 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28962
28963 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28964
28965 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28966
28967 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28968
28969 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28970 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28971
28972 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28973
28974 ;;;***
28975 \f
28976 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28977 ;;;;;; (18190 39686))
28978 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28979
28980 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28981 Not documented
28982
28983 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28984
28985 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28986 Not documented
28987
28988 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28989
28990 ;;;***
28991 \f
28992 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28993 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28994 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
28995 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28996
28997 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28998 Not documented
28999
29000 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29001
29002 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29003 Not documented
29004
29005 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29006
29007 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29008 Not documented
29009
29010 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29011
29012 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29013 Not documented
29014
29015 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29016
29017 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29018 Not documented
29019
29020 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29021
29022 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29023 Not documented
29024
29025 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29026
29027 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29028 Not documented
29029
29030 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29031
29032 ;;;***
29033 \f
29034 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29035 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18190 39686))
29036 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29037
29038 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29039 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29040
29041 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29042
29043 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29044 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
29045 Format is:
29046 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
29047
29048 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29049
29050 ;;;***
29051 \f
29052 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29053 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
29054 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29055
29056 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29057 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29058
29059 \(fn)" t nil)
29060
29061 ;;;***
29062 \f
29063 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29064 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29065 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29066 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29067 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29068 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29069 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18195 4247))
29070 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29071
29072 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29073 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29074 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29075
29076 If t, all messages will be logged.
29077 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29078 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29079
29080 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29081
29082 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29083 Not documented
29084
29085 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29086
29087 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29088 Not documented
29089
29090 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29091
29092 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29093 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29094 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29095 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29096 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29097 & ==> &amp;
29098 < ==> &lt;
29099 > ==> &gt;
29100 \" ==> &quot;
29101
29102 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29103
29104 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29105 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29106 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29107
29108 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29109
29110 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29111 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29112 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29113
29114 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29115
29116 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29117 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29118
29119 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29120
29121 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29122 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29123
29124 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29125
29126 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29127 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29128
29129 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29130
29131 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29132 Not documented
29133
29134 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29135
29136 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29137 Not documented
29138
29139 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29140
29141 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29142 Not documented
29143
29144 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29145
29146 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29147 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29148
29149 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29150
29151 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29152 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29153
29154 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29155
29156 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29157 Not documented
29158
29159 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29160
29161 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29162 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29163 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29164 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29165 forbidden in URL encoding.
29166
29167 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29168
29169 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29170 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29171 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29172 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29173 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29174 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29175
29176 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29177
29178 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29179 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29180 If optional variable X is t,
29181 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29182
29183 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29184
29185 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29186 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29187 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29188
29189 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29190
29191 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29192 View the current document's URL.
29193 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29194 the minibuffer.
29195
29196 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29197
29198 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29199
29200 ;;;***
29201 \f
29202 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29203 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18177 877))
29204 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29205
29206 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29207 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29208 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29209 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29210 to refrain from editing the file
29211 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29212 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29213 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29214 in any way you like.
29215
29216 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29217
29218 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29219 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29220 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29221 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29222 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29223
29224 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29225 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29226
29227 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29228
29229 ;;;***
29230 \f
29231 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-pre-write-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29232 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18177 865))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29234
29235 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29236 Not documented
29237
29238 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29239
29240 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29241 Not documented
29242
29243 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29244
29245 ;;;***
29246 \f
29247 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29248 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29249 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
29250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29251
29252 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29253 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29254 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29255 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29256
29257 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29258
29259 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29260 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29261 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29262
29263 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29264
29265 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29266 Uudecode region between START and END.
29267 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29268
29269 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29270
29271 ;;;***
29272 \f
29273 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29274 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29275 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29276 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29277 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command
29278 ;;;;;; edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29279 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18231 31064))
29280 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29281
29282 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29283 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29284 See `run-hooks'.")
29285
29286 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29287
29288 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29289 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29290 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29291
29292 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29293
29294 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29295 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29296 See `run-hooks'.")
29297
29298 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29299
29300 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29301 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29302 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29303 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29304 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29305 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29306 somebody else, signal error.
29307
29308 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29309
29310 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29311 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29312 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29313 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29314 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29315
29316 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29317
29318 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
29319 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29320 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29321 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29322 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29323 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29324 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29325 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29326 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29327 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29328 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29329 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29330
29331 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29332
29333 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29334 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29335 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29336
29337 For locking systems:
29338 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29339 control.
29340 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29341 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29342 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29343 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29344 it performs a revert on that file.
29345 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29346 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29347 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29348 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29349 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29350 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29351 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29352
29353 For merging systems:
29354 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29355 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29356 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29357 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29358 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29359 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29360 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29361 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29362 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29363
29364 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29365
29366 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29367 Register the current file into a version control system.
29368 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29369 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29370
29371 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29372 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29373 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29374 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29375 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29376 first backend that could register the file is used.
29377
29378 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION COMMENT)" t nil)
29379
29380 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29381 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29382
29383 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29384
29385 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29386 Display diffs between file revisions.
29387 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29388 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29389 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29390
29391 If no current fileset is available (that is, we are not in
29392 VC-Dired mode and the visited file of the current buffer is not
29393 under version control) and we're in a Dired buffer, use
29394 the current directory.
29395 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29396 saving the buffer.
29397
29398 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29399
29400 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29401 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29402 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29403 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29404
29405 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29406
29407 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29408 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29409 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29410 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29411
29412 \(fn)" t nil)
29413
29414 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29415 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29416 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29417 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29418 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29419 from the current branch.
29420
29421 See Info node `Merging'.
29422
29423 \(fn)" t nil)
29424
29425 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29426
29427 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
29428 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29429
29430 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29431
29432 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29433 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29434
29435 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29436
29437 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29438 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29439 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29440 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29441 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
29442 checked out in that new branch.
29443
29444 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29445
29446 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29447 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29448 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29449 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29450 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29451 allowed and simply skipped).
29452
29453 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29454
29455 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29456 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29457 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29458
29459 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29460
29461 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29462 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29463 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29464 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29465
29466 \(fn)" t nil)
29467
29468 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29469 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29470 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29471 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29472
29473 \(fn)" t nil)
29474
29475 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29476
29477 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29478 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29479 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29480 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29481 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29482 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29483
29484 \(fn)" t nil)
29485
29486 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29487 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29488 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29489 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29490 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29491 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29492 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29493
29494 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29495
29496 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29497 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29498 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29499 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29500 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29501 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29502 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29503 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29504 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29505
29506 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29507
29508 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29509 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29510
29511 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29512
29513 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29514 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29515 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29516 directory.
29517
29518 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29519
29520 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29521 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29522 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29523
29524 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29525 log entries should be gathered.
29526
29527 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29528
29529 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29530 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29531
29532 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29533
29534 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29535 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29536
29537 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29538
29539 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29540 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29541
29542 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29543 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29544 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29545 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29546 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29547 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29548
29549 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29550 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29551 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29552 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29553 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29554 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29555 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29556 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29557
29558 Customization variables:
29559
29560 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29561 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29562 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29563 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29564
29565 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29566
29567 ;;;***
29568 \f
29569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18231 31064))
29570 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29571 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29572 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29573 (progn
29574 (load "vc-arch")
29575 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29576
29577 ;;;***
29578 \f
29579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18203 51788))
29580 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29581
29582 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29583 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29584
29585 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29586 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29587 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29588 (progn
29589 (load "vc-bzr")
29590 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29591
29592 ;;;***
29593 \f
29594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18231 31064))
29595 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29596 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29597 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29598 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29599 (load "vc-cvs")
29600 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29601
29602 ;;;***
29603 \f
29604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18203 51788))
29605 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29606 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29607 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29608 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29609 (progn
29610 (load "vc-git")
29611 (vc-git-registered file))))
29612
29613 ;;;***
29614 \f
29615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18203 51788))
29616 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29617 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29618 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29619 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29620 (progn
29621 (load "vc-hg")
29622 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29623
29624 ;;;***
29625 \f
29626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18231 31064))
29627 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29628 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29629 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29630 (progn
29631 (load "vc-mcvs")
29632 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29633
29634 ;;;***
29635 \f
29636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18213 1256))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29638
29639 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29640
29641 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29642 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29643 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29644 (progn
29645 (load "vc-mtn")
29646 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29647
29648 ;;;***
29649 \f
29650 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29651 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
29652 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29653
29654 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29655 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29656 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29657
29658 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29659 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29660
29661 ;;;***
29662 \f
29663 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29664 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
29665 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29666
29667 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29668 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29669 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29670
29671 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29672 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29673
29674 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29675 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29676 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29677 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29678
29679 ;;;***
29680 \f
29681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18231 31064))
29682 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29683 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29684 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29685 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29686 "_svn")
29687 (t ".svn"))))
29688 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29689 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29690 (file-name-directory f)))
29691 (load "vc-svn")
29692 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29693
29694 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
29695
29696 ;;;***
29697 \f
29698 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29699 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
29700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29701 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29702
29703 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29704 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29705
29706 Usage:
29707 ------
29708
29709 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29710 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29711 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29712 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29713
29714 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29715 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29716 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29717 completions.
29718
29719 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29720 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29721
29722 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29723 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29724
29725 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29726 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29727 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29728
29729 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29730
29731
29732 Maintenance:
29733 ------------
29734
29735 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29736 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29737
29738 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29739
29740 Official distribution is at
29741 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29742
29743
29744 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29745 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29746
29747 Key bindings:
29748 -------------
29749
29750 \\{vera-mode-map}
29751
29752 \(fn)" t nil)
29753
29754 ;;;***
29755 \f
29756 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29757 ;;;;;; (18213 1260))
29758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29759
29760 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29761 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29762
29763 Usage:
29764 ------
29765
29766 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29767 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29768 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29769 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29770 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29771 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29772 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29773 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29774 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29775
29776 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29777 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29778 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29779 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29780
29781 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29782 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29783 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29784 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29785 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29786
29787 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29788 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29789
29790
29791 HEADER INSERTION:
29792 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29793 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29794 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29795
29796
29797 STUTTERING:
29798 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29799 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29800 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29801 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29802
29803 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29804 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29805 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29806 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29807 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29808
29809
29810 WORD COMPLETION:
29811 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29812 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29813 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29814 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29815
29816 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29817 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29818 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29819 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29820 beginning with \"std\").
29821
29822 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29823 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29824 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29825 stop.
29826
29827
29828 COMMENTS:
29829 `--' puts a single comment.
29830 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29831 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29832 with a comment in between.
29833 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29834 out following lines.
29835 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29836 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29837
29838 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29839 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29840 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29841 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29842 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29843 non-nil.
29844
29845 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29846 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29847 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29848 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29849 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29850 multi-line comments.
29851
29852
29853 INDENTATION:
29854 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29855 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29856 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29857 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29858
29859 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29860 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29861 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29862 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29863
29864 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29865 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29866 and vice versa.
29867
29868 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29869 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29870
29871
29872 ALIGNMENT:
29873 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29874 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29875 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29876 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29877 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29878 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29879 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29880 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29881
29882 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29883 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29884 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29885 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29886 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29887 is non-nil.
29888
29889 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29890 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29891 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29892
29893 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29894 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29895
29896
29897 CODE FILLING:
29898 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29899 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29900 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29901 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29902 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29903 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29904
29905
29906 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29907 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29908 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29909 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29910 command:
29911
29912 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29913
29914
29915 PORT TRANSLATION:
29916 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29917 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29918 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29919 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29920 internal signal initializations (menu).
29921
29922 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29923 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29924 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29925
29926 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29927 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29928 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29929 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29930 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29931 in subsequent paste operations.)
29932
29933 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29934 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29935 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29936
29937
29938 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29939 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29940 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29941 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29942 association list with formals).
29943
29944
29945 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29946 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29947 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29948 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29949 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29950 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29951 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29952 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29953 `vhdl-testbench'.
29954
29955
29956 KEY BINDINGS:
29957 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29958
29959
29960 VHDL MENU:
29961 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29962
29963
29964 FILE BROWSER:
29965 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29966 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29967 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29968
29969 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29970 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29971
29972
29973 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29974 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29975 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29976 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29977
29978 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29979 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29980 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29981
29982 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29983 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29984 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29985 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29986
29987 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29988 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29989 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29990 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29991 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29992
29993 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29994 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29995 required by secondary units.
29996
29997
29998 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29999 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30000 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30001 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30002 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30003 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30004 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30005 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30006 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30007 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30008 inputs to this component -> input port created
30009 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30010 outputs from this component -> output port created
30011 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30012 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30013
30014 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30015 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30016 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30017 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30018 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30019
30020 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30021 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30022
30023 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30024 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30025 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30026 component instantiation is also supported (option
30027 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30028
30029 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30030 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30031 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30032 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30033 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30034 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30035 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30036 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30037 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30038 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30039 | generating the configuration.
30040 |
30041 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30042 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30043 | configurations in speedbar.
30044
30045 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30046
30047
30048 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30049 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30050 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30051 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30052 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30053 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30054 information. New compilers can be added.
30055
30056 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30057 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30058
30059
30060 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30061 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30062 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30063 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30064 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30065
30066 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30067 command:
30068
30069 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30070 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30071 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30072
30073 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30074 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30075 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30076 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30077 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30078 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30079 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30080
30081 Limitations:
30082 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30083 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30084 not (yet) supported.
30085 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30086 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30087 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30088
30089
30090 PROJECTS:
30091 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30092 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30093 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30094 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30095 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30096 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30097 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30098 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30099
30100 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30101 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30102 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30103 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30104 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30105 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30106 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30107 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30108 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30109 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30110 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30111
30112
30113 SPECIAL MENUES:
30114 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30115 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30116 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30117 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30118 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30119 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30120 current directory for VHDL source files.
30121
30122
30123 VHDL STANDARDS:
30124 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30125 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30126
30127
30128 KEYWORD CASE:
30129 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30130 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30131 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30132 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30133 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30134 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30135 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30136 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30137
30138
30139 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30140 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30141 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30142 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30143 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30144 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30145 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30146
30147 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30148 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30149 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30150 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30151 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30152 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30153
30154 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30155 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30156 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30157 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30158 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30159 visually.
30160
30161 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30162 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30163 highlighted if written in lower case.
30164
30165 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30166 highlighted using a different background color if option
30167 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30168
30169 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30170 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30171 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30172 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30173 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30174
30175
30176 USER MODELS:
30177 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30178 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30179 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30180
30181
30182 HIDE/SHOW:
30183 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30184 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30185 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30186 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30187 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30188
30189
30190 CODE UPDATING:
30191 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30192 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30193 Limitations:
30194 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30195 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30196 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30197 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30198 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30199 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30200 (used to obtain the port names).
30201
30202
30203 CODE FIXING:
30204 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30205 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30206
30207
30208 PRINTING:
30209 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30210 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30211 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30212 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30213 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30214 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30215 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30216 printers.
30217
30218
30219 OPTIONS:
30220 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30221 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30222 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30223 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30224 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30225
30226 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30227 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30228 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30229 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30230 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30231 INSTALL file).
30232
30233 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30234 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30235
30236
30237 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30238 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30239 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30240 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30241
30242 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30243
30244
30245 HINTS:
30246 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30247 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30248
30249 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30250
30251 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30252
30253 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30254
30255
30256 RELEASE NOTES:
30257 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30258
30259
30260 Maintenance:
30261 ------------
30262
30263 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30264 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30265
30266 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30267
30268 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30269 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30270 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30271 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30272
30273 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30274 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30275 where the latest version can be found.
30276
30277
30278 Known problems:
30279 ---------------
30280
30281 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30282 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30283 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30284
30285
30286 The VHDL Mode Authors
30287 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30288
30289 Key bindings:
30290 -------------
30291
30292 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30293
30294 \(fn)" t nil)
30295
30296 ;;;***
30297 \f
30298 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18203 51788))
30299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30300
30301 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30302 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30303 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30304 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30305
30306 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30307 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30308 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30309 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30310 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30311
30312 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30313 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30314
30315 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30316
30317 * Limitations and unsupported features
30318 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30319 not supported.
30320 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30321 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30322
30323 * Modifications
30324 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30325 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30326 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30327 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30328 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30329 for undoing a repeated change command.
30330 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30331 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30332 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30333
30334 * Extensions
30335 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30336 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30337 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30338 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30339 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30340 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30341 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30342 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30343
30344 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30345
30346 \(fn)" t nil)
30347
30348 ;;;***
30349 \f
30350 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30351 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30352 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30353 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18177 866))
30354 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30355
30356 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30357 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30358
30359 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30360
30361 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30362 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30363 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30364 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30365
30366 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30367
30368 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30369 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30370
30371 \(fn)" t nil)
30372
30373 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30374 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30375 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30376 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30377
30378 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30379
30380 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30381 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30382
30383 \(fn)" t nil)
30384
30385 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30386 Not documented
30387
30388 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30389
30390 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30391 Not documented
30392
30393 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30394
30395 ;;;***
30396 \f
30397 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30398 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30399 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30400 ;;;;;; view-file view-remove-frame-by-deleting) "view" "view.el"
30401 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
30402 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30403
30404 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30405 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30406 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30407
30408 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30409
30410 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30411 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30412 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30413 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30414
30415 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30416
30417 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30418 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30419 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30420 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30421 moving around in the buffer.
30422 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30423 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30424
30425 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30426
30427 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30428
30429 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30430 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30431 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. Emacs commands
30432 editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a special set of
30433 commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for moving around
30434 in the buffer.
30435 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30436 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30437
30438 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30439
30440 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30441
30442 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30443 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30444 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30445 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30446 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30447 moving around in the buffer.
30448 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30449 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30450
30451 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30452
30453 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30454
30455 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30456 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30457 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30458 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30459 moving around in the buffer.
30460 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30461 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30462
30463 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30464
30465 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30466 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30467 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30468
30469 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30470
30471 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30472 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30473 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30474 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30475 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30476 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30477 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30478 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30479
30480 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30481
30482 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30483 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30484 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30485
30486 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30487
30488 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30489 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30490 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30491 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30492 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30493 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30494 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30495 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30496
30497 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30498
30499 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30500 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30501 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30502
30503 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30504
30505 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30506 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30507 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30508 turn it off.
30509
30510 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30511 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30512 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30513 read-only.
30514 \\<view-mode-map>
30515 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30516 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30517 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30518 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30519 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30520
30521 H, h, ? This message.
30522 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30523 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30524 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30525 > move to the end of buffer.
30526 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30527 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30528 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30529 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30530 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30531 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30532 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30533 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30534 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30535 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30536 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30537 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30538 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30539 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30540 Use this to view a changing file.
30541 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30542 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30543 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30544 . set the mark.
30545 x exchanges point and mark.
30546 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30547 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30548 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30549 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30550 ' go to position saved in character register.
30551 s do forward incremental search.
30552 r do reverse incremental search.
30553 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30554 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30555 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30556 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30557 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30558 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30559 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30560 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30561 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30562 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30563 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30564 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30565 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30566 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30567 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30568 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30569 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30570
30571 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30572 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30573 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30574 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30575 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30576 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30577 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30578 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30579 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30580
30581 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30582
30583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30584
30585 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30586 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30587 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30588 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30589 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30590 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30591 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30592 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30593 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30594
30595 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30596
30597 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30598 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30599 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30600 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30601 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30602 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30603 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30604
30605 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30606 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30607 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30608 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30609 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30610 1) nil Do nothing.
30611 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30612 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30613 frame.
30614 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30615 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30616 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30617 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30618
30619 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30620
30621 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30622
30623 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30624
30625 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30626 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30627
30628 \(fn)" t nil)
30629
30630 ;;;***
30631 \f
30632 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18231
30633 ;;;;;; 31065))
30634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30635
30636 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30637 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30638
30639 \(fn)" nil nil)
30640
30641 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30642 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30643
30644 \(fn)" t nil)
30645
30646 ;;;***
30647 \f
30648 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30649 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
30650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30651
30652 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30653 Toggle Viper on/off.
30654 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30655
30656 \(fn)" t nil)
30657
30658 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30659 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30660
30661 \(fn)" t nil)
30662
30663 ;;;***
30664 \f
30665 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30666 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
30667 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30668
30669 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30670 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30671 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30672 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30673 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30674 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30675 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30676 the beginning of the warning.")
30677
30678 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30679 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30680 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30681 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30682 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30683 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30684 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30685 also call that function before the next warning.")
30686
30687 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30688 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30689
30690 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30691 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30692 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30693 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30694
30695 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30696 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30697 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30698 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30699 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30700 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30701
30702 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30703 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30704 Default is :warning.
30705
30706 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30707 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30708 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30709 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30710 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30711 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30712
30713 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30714 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30715 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30716
30717 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30718
30719 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30720 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30721
30722 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30723
30724 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30725 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30726 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30727 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30728
30729 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30730 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30731 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30732 can be whatever you like.)
30733
30734 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30735 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30736
30737 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30738 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30739 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30740 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30741 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30742
30743 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30744
30745 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30746 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30747 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30748 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30749 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30750
30751 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30752
30753 ;;;***
30754 \f
30755 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30756 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
30757 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30758
30759 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30760 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30761 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30762 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30763 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30764 in disk.
30765
30766 See `wdired-mode'.
30767
30768 \(fn)" t nil)
30769
30770 ;;;***
30771 \f
30772 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18177 869))
30773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30774
30775 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30776 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30777
30778 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30779 hotlist.
30780
30781 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30782 <nwv@acm.org>.
30783
30784 \(fn)" t nil)
30785
30786 ;;;***
30787 \f
30788 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30789 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
30790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30791 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30792 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30793
30794 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30795
30796 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30797 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30798 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30800 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30801 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30802
30803 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30804
30805 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30806 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30807 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30808 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30809
30810 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30811 and off otherwise.
30812
30813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30814
30815 ;;;***
30816 \f
30817 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30818 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30819 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30820 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30821 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30822 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
30823 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30824
30825 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-leading-check "whitespace" "\
30826 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30827
30828 \(fn)" t nil)
30829
30830 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-trailing-check "whitespace" "\
30831 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30832
30833 \(fn)" t nil)
30834
30835 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-indent-check "whitespace" "\
30836 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30837
30838 \(fn)" t nil)
30839
30840 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check "whitespace" "\
30841 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30842
30843 \(fn)" t nil)
30844
30845 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-ateol-check "whitespace" "\
30846 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30847
30848 \(fn)" t nil)
30849
30850 (autoload 'whitespace-buffer "whitespace" "\
30851 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30852 These are:
30853 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30854 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30855 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30856 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30857 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30858
30859 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30860 and:
30861 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30862 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30863
30864 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30865
30866 (autoload 'whitespace-region "whitespace" "\
30867 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30868
30869 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30870
30871 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
30872 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30873 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30874 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30875 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30876
30877 \(fn)" t nil)
30878
30879 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
30880 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30881
30882 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30883
30884 (defalias 'global-whitespace-mode 'whitespace-global-mode)
30885
30886 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30887 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30888 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30890 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30891 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30892
30893 (custom-autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" nil)
30894
30895 (autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" "\
30896 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30897 With ARG, turn the mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
30898
30899 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30900 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30901
30902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30903
30904 (autoload 'whitespace-write-file-hook "whitespace" "\
30905 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30906 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30907
30908 \(fn)" nil nil)
30909
30910 ;;;***
30911 \f
30912 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30913 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18190 39680))
30914 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30915
30916 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
30917 Browse the widget under point.
30918
30919 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30920
30921 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
30922 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30923
30924 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30925
30926 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
30927 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30928
30929 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30930
30931 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
30932 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30933 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30934
30935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30936
30937 ;;;***
30938 \f
30939 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30940 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18190
30941 ;;;;;; 39680))
30942 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30943
30944 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
30945 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
30946
30947 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30948
30949 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
30950 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30951 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30952
30953 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30954
30955 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
30956 Create widget of TYPE.
30957 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30958
30959 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30960
30961 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
30962 Delete WIDGET.
30963
30964 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30965
30966 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
30967 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30968
30969 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30970
30971 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
30972
30973 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map " " 'widget-button-press) map) "\
30974 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30975 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30976
30977 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
30978 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30979
30980 \(fn)" nil nil)
30981
30982 ;;;***
30983 \f
30984 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30985 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18177
30986 ;;;;;; 878))
30987 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30988
30989 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
30990 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30991 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30992 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30993 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30994 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30995 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30996
30997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30998
30999 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31000 Select the window above the current one.
31001 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31002 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31003 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31004 negative ARG) of the current window.
31005 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31006
31007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31008
31009 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31010 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31011 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31012 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31013 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31014 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31015 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31016
31017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31018
31019 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31020 Select the window below the current one.
31021 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31022 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31023 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31024 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31025 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31026
31027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31028
31029 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31030 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31031 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31032 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31033
31034 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31035
31036 ;;;***
31037 \f
31038 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31039 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
31040 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31041
31042 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31043 Toggle Winner mode.
31044 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31045 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31046
31047 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31048
31049 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31050 Toggle Winner mode.
31051 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31052
31053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31054
31055 ;;;***
31056 \f
31057 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
31058 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18195 4246))
31059 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31060
31061 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31062 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31063 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31064 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31065 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31066 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31067 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31068 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31069
31070 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31071 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31072
31073 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31074
31075 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31076 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31077
31078 \(fn)" t nil)
31079
31080 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31081 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31082 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31083 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31084 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31085 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31086 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31087 `woman' command for further details.
31088
31089 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31090
31091 ;;;***
31092 \f
31093 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31094 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
31095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31096
31097 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31098 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31099
31100 BUGS:
31101 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31102 are not implemented
31103 - Options for search and replace
31104 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31105 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31106
31107 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31108 Emacs-like.
31109
31110 The key bindings are:
31111
31112 C-a backward-word
31113 C-b fill-paragraph
31114 C-c scroll-up-line
31115 C-d forward-char
31116 C-e previous-line
31117 C-f forward-word
31118 C-g delete-char
31119 C-h backward-char
31120 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31121 C-j help-for-help
31122 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31123 C-l ws-repeat-search
31124 C-n open-line
31125 C-p quoted-insert
31126 C-r scroll-down-line
31127 C-s backward-char
31128 C-t kill-word
31129 C-u keyboard-quit
31130 C-v overwrite-mode
31131 C-w scroll-down
31132 C-x next-line
31133 C-y kill-complete-line
31134 C-z scroll-up
31135
31136 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31137 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31138 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31139 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31140 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31141 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31142 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31143 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31144 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31145 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31146 C-k b ws-begin-block
31147 C-k c ws-copy-block
31148 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31149 C-k f find-file
31150 C-k h ws-show-markers
31151 C-k i ws-indent-block
31152 C-k k ws-end-block
31153 C-k p ws-print-block
31154 C-k q kill-emacs
31155 C-k r insert-file
31156 C-k s save-some-buffers
31157 C-k t ws-mark-word
31158 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31159 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31160 C-k v ws-move-block
31161 C-k w ws-write-block
31162 C-k x kill-emacs
31163 C-k y ws-delete-block
31164
31165 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31166 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31167 C-o j justify-current-line
31168 C-o k kill-buffer
31169 C-o l list-buffers
31170 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31171 C-o r set-fill-column
31172 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31173 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31174 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31175 C-o wo other-window
31176 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31177
31178 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31179 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31180 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31181 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31182 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31183 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31184 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31185 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31186 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31187 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31188 C-q a ws-query-replace
31189 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31190 C-q c end-of-buffer
31191 C-q d end-of-line
31192 C-q f ws-search
31193 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31194 C-q l ws-undo
31195 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31196 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31197 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31198 C-q w ws-last-error
31199 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31200 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31201
31202 \(fn)" t nil)
31203
31204 ;;;***
31205 \f
31206 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31207 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
31208 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31209
31210 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31211 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31212 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31213 Returns the top node with all its children.
31214 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31215 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31216
31217 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31218
31219 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31220 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31221 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31222 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31223 is not well-formed XML.
31224 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31225 and returned as the first element of the list.
31226 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31227
31228 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31229
31230 ;;;***
31231 \f
31232 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18203
31233 ;;;;;; 51788))
31234 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31235
31236 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31237 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31238 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31240 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31241 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31242
31243 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31244
31245 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31246 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31247 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31248 it off.
31249
31250 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31251 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31252 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31253 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31254 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31255 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31256
31257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31258
31259 ;;;***
31260 \f
31261 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31262 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18177 863))
31263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31264
31265 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31266 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31267
31268 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31269
31270 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31271 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31272
31273 \(fn)" nil nil)
31274
31275 ;;;***
31276 \f
31277 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31278 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18177 871))
31279 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31280
31281 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31282 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31283
31284 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31285
31286 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31287 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31288
31289 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31290
31291 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31292 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31293 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31294
31295 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31296
31297 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31298 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31299
31300 \(fn)" t nil)
31301
31302 ;;;***
31303 \f
31304 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18213 1259))
31305 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31306
31307 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31308 Zone out, completely.
31309
31310 \(fn)" t nil)
31311
31312 ;;;***
31313 \f
31314 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31315 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31316 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31317 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31318 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31319 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31320 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31321 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31322 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31323 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31324 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31325 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31326 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31327 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31328 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
31329 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31330 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31331 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31332 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31333 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31334 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31335 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31336 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31337 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31338 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31339 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31340 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
31341 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
31342 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
31343 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
31344 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
31345 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31346 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31347 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31348 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31349 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31350 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31351 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31352 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31353 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31354 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31355 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31356 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31357 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31358 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31359 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31360 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31361 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el"
31362 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31363 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31364 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31365 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31366 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31367 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31368 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31369 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31370 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31371 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/hmac-def.el"
31372 ;;;;;; "gnus/hmac-md5.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31373 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31374 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/md4.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31375 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31376 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
31377 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
31378 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31379 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31380 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31381 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31382 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31383 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/ntlm.el"
31384 ;;;;;; "gnus/password.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31385 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sasl-cram.el"
31386 ;;;;;; "gnus/sasl-digest.el" "gnus/sasl-ntlm.el" "gnus/sasl.el"
31387 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime-ldap.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31388 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31389 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
31390 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31391 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31392 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
31393 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
31394 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31395 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31396 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31397 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31398 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31399 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31400 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31401 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el"
31402 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el"
31403 ;;;;;; "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
31404 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
31405 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
31406 ;;;;;; "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
31407 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
31408 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/tamil.el"
31409 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
31410 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31411 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
31412 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31413 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31414 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31415 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31416 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31417 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31418 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31419 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31420 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31421 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31422 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/socks.el"
31423 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31424 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
31425 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31426 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31427 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31428 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31429 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31430 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31431 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31432 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31433 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31434 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31435 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31436 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
31437 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31438 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
31439 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31440 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31441 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31442 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31443 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31444 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31445 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31446 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31447 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31448 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31449 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31450 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18232 8668 344872))
31451
31452 ;;;***
31453 \f
31454 ;; Local Variables:
31455 ;; version-control: never
31456 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31457 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31458 ;; End:
31459 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here